EXECUTIVE TELECARD LTD
10-K, 1998-07-09
BUSINESS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: NETEGRITY INC, S-8, 1998-07-09
Next: CHAPMAN FUNDS INC, N-30D/A, 1998-07-09




                                   1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[x]   ANNUAL   REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13  OR  15(d)  OF   THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998
[  ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR  15(d)  OF  THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ___________ to _________
Commission File Number:   1-10210
EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
          Delaware                      13-3486421
(State or other jurisdiction of         (I.R.S. Employer Identification  No.)
 incorporation   of organization)
1720  South Bellaire Street, Suite 1000, Denver, Colorado,  80222
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
        (303) 691-2115
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  NONE
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock $.001 Par Value
(Title of Class)
Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed  all
reports  required   to be filed by section 13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities Exchange Act  of 1934 during the preceding  12  months
(or for such shorter period that  the  registrant was required to
file  such  reports), and  (2)  has been subject to  such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.
                      Yes  _X_            No  ___
Indicate   by  check  mark  if disclosure  of  delinquent  filers
pursuant   to  Item   405   of Regulation S-K  is  not  contained
herein, and will  not  be contained,  to the best of registrant's
knowledge,   in  definitive   proxy  or  information   statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form  10-K  or  any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
The    aggregate  market value of the voting stock  held  by  non
affiliates  of the  registrant based on the closing sale price of
such stock as of May 31, 1998 amounted to  $46,229,314.
The   number   of shares outstanding of each of the  registrant's
classes   of  common  stock  as of May 31,  1998  was  17,346,766
shares, all of one class  of $.001 par value Common stock.
(Balance  of  Page Left Blank Intentionally) EXECUTIVE  TELECARD,
LTD.
                                 FORM 10-K
FISCAL YEAR  ENDED MARCH 31, 1998  TABLE  OF CONTENTS
                                                                 Page
Part I   Item 1  Business                                        4-20
         Item 2  Properties                                       20
         Item 3  Legal Proceedings                                21
         Item 4  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security     22-23
                 Holders
Part II  Item 5  Market for Registrant's Common Stock and
                 Related Stockholder Matters                      24
         Item 6  Selected Financial Data                          25
         Item 7  Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                 Financial
                 Condition and Results of Operations             26-33
         Item 8  Consolidated Financial Statements and        F-1  to  F34
                 Supplementary Data
         Item 9  Changes in and Disagreements with
                 Accountants   on  Accounting   and   Financial
                 Disclosure                                       34
Part III Item 10 Directors and Executive Officers of the         34-37
                 Registrant
         Item 11 Executive Compensation                          37-44
         Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
                 Owners and Management                           45-48
         Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related                 49
                 Transactions
Part IV  Item 14 Exhibits, Financial Statements, Schedules
                 and Reports on Form 8-K                         50-51
Signatures                                                         52


                         EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.

PART I

ITEM 1 - Business (General)

Forward-Looking Statements

        When  used  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  in
documents  incorporated   herein  and  elsewhere   by   Executive
TeleCard,   Ltd.   (the "Company")   from  time  to   time,   the
words    "believes,"   "anticipates,"  "expects"    and   similar
expressions  are intended to identify forward-looking  statements
concerning    the   Company's  business   operations,    economic
performance and financial condition, including in particular, the
Company's  business   strategy   and   means   to  implement  the
strategy,   the   Company's objectives,   the  amount  of  future
capital expenditures, the  likelihood  of the  Company's  success
in   developing and introducing  new  products  and expanding its
business,  the  timing of the introduction of new  and   modified
products   or   services   and   similar  matters.   For    those
statements,   the Company  claims  the  protection  of  the  safe
harbor  for  forward-looking statements  contained in the Private
Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of 1995.   These  statements
are  based  on a number of assumptions and estimates, which   are
inherently subject to significant risks and uncertainties,   many
of   which  are  beyond  the control of the Company  and  reflect
future  business  decisions,  which are  subject  to  change.   A
variety  of  factors  could   cause  actual  results  to   differ
materially  from  those  anticipated in  the  Company's   forward
looking  statements, including the following factors:  (a)  those
set  forth   in   "The  Business  -- Risk Factors," "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations" and  elsewhere herein;  (b)  those  set   forth  from
time  to  time in  the  Company's  press releases   and   reports
and   other  filings  made  with  the  Securities   and  Exchange
Commission;  (c)  the  Company's  ability  to  respond  to  rapid
technological  change and risk of obsolescence of the   Company's
products,   services     and    technology;    (d)    competitive
pressures  among   enhanced communications services providers may
increase  significantly;  (e)  expected  benefits   from   future
acquisitions,  if  any, may not be fully  realized   or  realized
within  the  expected  time  frame,  revenues  following   future
acquisitions  may be lower than expected, and operating costs  or
customer   loss   and   business  disruption   following   future
acquisitions, if any, may  be greater than expected, and costs or
difficulties related to the integration of  the  businesses,   if
any,  that may be acquired by the  Company  may  be greater  than
expected;   (f)   general   economic  or   business   conditions,
internationally,  nationally  or in the local   jurisdiction   in
which   the Company  is  doing  business,  may be less  favorable
than   expected;   (g)  legislative  or  regulatory  changes  may
adversely  affect   the   business  in  which   the   Company  is
engaged;  and  (h)  changes may occur in the securities  markets.
The   Company  cautions that such  factors  are  not  exhaustive.
Consequently,   all  of  the  forward-looking   statements   made
herein   are qualified by these cautionary statements and readers
are   cautioned   not  to place undue reliance on  these  forward
looking  statements, which speak  only as  of  the  date  hereof.
The  Company  undertakes no obligation to  publicly release   the
results   of  any  revisions of such forward-looking   statements
that   may  be made to reflect events or circumstances after  the
date  hereof,  or   thereof,  as  the  case   may   be,   or   to
reflect  the  occurrence  of unanticipated events.

 General

      The   Company   is   a  global  provider   of   value-added
telecommunications   and  information  services,    focused    on
mobile  end-users,   messaging and information  management.    At
the  present  time,  the  Company's  principal business   is  the
provisioning  of  global  calling  card  services,  and   related
validation,   billing  and payment services.  Operating   through
its   World DirectT network, the Company originates voice traffic
in   88 countries  and territories  and  terminates  such traffic
anywhere    in   the   world.   The Company's   global   services
are
delivered  through  proprietary  routing, application  and   data
access   software,   which  run  on  the   Company's  interactive
call   processing  platform ("Calling Card  Platforms").    Forty
Calling   Card   Platforms are installed in strategic   locations
around   the world where they connect directly with national  and
international  telephone networks.   In   addition   to   routing
calls,   the  Company's  Calling  Card Platform  validates calls,
controls  fraud, captures usage  information  and  issues   bills
with   full  call  details.  The Calling Card   Platform   system
provides  a  user  interface in multiple languages  for  operator
assisted calls and  the  Company's  proprietary  billing software
provides  for  multiple currency billing.

        The   Company   provides  its  services  principally   to
telecommunications  carriers  (including  Postal,  Telegraph  and
Telephone Authorities  ("PTTs")) and  to credit card issuers. The
Company  enhances the calling card services of  carriers so  that
their  calling  cards operate globally through the World  DirectT
network.    Additionally,  the  Company   provides   a   software
and  hardware  platform  for  carriers  which provide  their  own
international  transmission.    Further,  using  its  network  of
Calling Card  Platforms,  the Company  can turn any type of  card
service, such as a credit card,  into  a global calling card.

        In    the   near   term,   the   Company  will  use   its
longstanding  global relationships  to expand its position in the
growing  mobile  communications segment  by offering a  suite  of
Internet  Protocol  ("IP") services known  as  Global    OfficeT.
Global    Office    includes   services    for     the     mobile
professional,   such   as  Internet and remote  intranet  dial-up
connectivity,  unified messaging, IP voice,  IP  fax  and  remote
office services.

Organization and History of Operations

              The  Company was incorporated in 1987.  The Company
established   relationships   with   foreign   telecommunications
authorities and, in 1989, the Company  began  installing  Calling
Card   Platforms   in  or  close  to  the facilities  of  various
PTTs.   The  Company went public that same  year  by   way  of  a
dividend from its former parent company.

Strategy

       The   Company's goal is to become a leading  network-based
provider  of global software-based services.  In order to achieve
this  goal,  the  Company will  build  on   its  existing  global
network and provide a  Global  OfficeT suite   of   services  for
its   existing   customers  and  new   commercial  relationships.
The  Company's present strategies to achieve these goals  are  as
follows:

       Leverage   Global  Presence and  Strategic  Relationships.

        The        Company     believes     that    international
relationships  and alliances are  important  in the  offering  of
services  and   that  such                          relationships
will     be    even  more    important  as  competition   expands
globally.  The  Company  has   longstanding relationships    with
foreign   carriers,   including   PTTs,       in  many   of   the
countries  in  which  it provides services, and  is seeking    to
deepen   its  relationships  with these  carriers.   The  Company
believes  that  it will  have a  competitive  advantage   to  the
extent  that  it  can  maintain  and  further  develop        its
existing  strong  relationships with foreign  and   international
carriers.

        Expand    Service   Offerings  and  Functionality

     While Maintaining  Core Services.  The Company believes that
it  will  be  necessary  to offer a  suite of  enhanced  business
communications  services,  and  that  the  early   providers   of
credible multi-service offerings  will  have  an  advantage.  The
Company,  therefore, plans                 to introduce under its
Global  OfficeT  mark  services   such as  dial-up  Internet  and
intranet  access, electronic mail, voice mail,  IP   voice,    IP
fax  and remote  office  services.

       In  addition,  the                Company    is  expanding
its    unified   messaging platform,  which   provides  a  single
source   access    to   voice, electronic mail and fax  messages.
The  Company  believes that new service offerings  and  increased
product  diversification  will allow the Company               to
achieve   a   greater  return   on       its assets, reduce   the
seasonality  of  the  Company's  revenue   stream  and   decrease
exposure to global or  regional economic downturns. The   Company
also   believes  that it  will  be  well  served  by  maintaining
its   existing core calling card  services  --  local access  and
validation    (including   anti-fraud   services), communications
routing,  billing and payment services  --  which are a necessary
complement to many of its planned new services.

      Focus  on  International Carriers and Other Card Companies
  Unlike   many  calling  card  companies that  market   directly
to  businesses  and                     other   end  users,   the
Company   offers  its services  principally  to   carriers    and
other   producers  of  cards, including  financial  institutions,
large   corporations   and  card                    distributors.
These companies, in    turn,   use     the
Company's  services to provide service to their  customers.   The
Company  believes  that many  of  these  providers will  continue
to  outsource  their  international calling  card   and   related
communications  services   and   are   increasingly  seeking  new
revenue  sources by offering value-added products such as   those
offered  by  the  Company.  The Company  also  believes  that  it
provides   a   costefficient  opportunity  for  telecommunication
carriers and card companies  to offer  calling  card  and   other
communications   services   because   of   its  existing   strong
international  network and low cost processing made  possible  by
the  Calling Card Platform. The Company further believes that  it
derives  a    significant  advantage   in   marketing   to   such
customers   from its independence from the major global carriers,
which  allows telecommunication carriers to do business with  the
Company  without  the concern that they  are  jeopardizing  their
customer bases.

      Reduce  Transmission  Costs through Strategic Relationships
and  New Technologies.

       The   Company  believes that, as providers add   new   and
enhanced  communications   services,  the  cost  of  transmission
increasingly  will    be   a  pivotal  element in  distinguishing
the success  of service   providers.    The Company is leveraging
its   low  cost processing   services   by  pursuing  low    cost
routing  and  transmission   arrangements  with  other  strategic
partners.       The  Company   recently  entered  into  such   an
arrangement   with   IDT  Corporation   to  reduce   transmission
costs   and   is   pursuing   low  cost    alternative    routing
technologies.

Industry Background

     The Traditional Calling Card Industry.

       Calling   card  services permit travelers to  place  calls
directly   from  locations other than their  home  countries  and
charge  those  calls   to   their accounts.    Retail   customers
obtain local access  to  their  calling  card provider, generally
through a toll-free or other local access number,  then enter the
necessary account information to enable the calling card provider
to   determine if the caller has an approved account for charging
telephone  calls;  the  provider  then  completes the  call  over
the  Public  Switched Telephone  Network  ("PSTN").  This enables
mobile professionals  or  other travelers to make calls from  any
jurisdiction, foreign or domestic, without the  need  for  coins,
operator  assistance,  collect or   other   third   party  billed
calls,   and   to   avoid the high surcharges imposed   by   most
hotel switchboards.

       Customers are furnished with a list of toll-free and local
telephone  numbers   for  each country in which  the  service  is
available.  These  tollfree  telephone  numbers normally  may  be
accessed  from any  telephone,  and they connect to  the  calling
card   provider's  computer  (direct  access)  or   an   operator
(operator  assisted).  The calling card  provider's  computer  or
operator  requests the caller's telephone or credit card  number,
a  personal  identification number ("PIN")  and  the  destination
telephone number.  Often the  computer (such as the Company's) is
equipped  to  prompt a caller in the language     indicated    by
the        caller's       card       number.        When      the
validation/authorization  process is completed, the  computer  or
operator   dials  the  caller's  destination,  and  the   billing
information is captured and recorded.

       Traditional telephone calling card services, which consist
of  a  local  access  connection,  processing services  such   as
validation    and    billing   information   accumulation,    and
retransmission  of the call over long distance  telephone   lines
have  been, and continue to be, dominated  in  the  United States
by  companies such as AT&T, MCI, Sprint and abroad  by  PTTs  and
other national carriers that provide the transmission lines.

The Contemporary Calling Card Industry.

        The    availability   of   leased   transmission   lines,
technological innovation  in  the  telephone  industry  and   the
introduction   of   more sophisticated value-added features  have
made  it possible for other types of companies  to  compete  with
the  large  telephone   companies   in   providing  calling  card
services.    Low cost routing and transmission is being  used  by
the   Company  and  other competitors to offset price  advantages
the   large  carriers  may  have by reason  of  using  their  own
transmission networks.

       During   the  last  decade,  due  to  changing  regulatory
environments   and numerous mergers, acquisitions  and  alliances
among  the major communications providers,  there  has   been   a
convergence    in   the   services   offered   by  communications
companies.   The  result  has  been increased  globalization   of
services,    strong   competition   from   new   entrants    into
different  communications  industry segments and  the  increasing
need  to   differentiate services.   In addition, companies  have
been  focusing  on  areas  where  they have  expertise,  superior
technology  and cost advantages, and have sought to purchase   or
outsource  the portions of the service where they do   not   have
such  advantages.   The  Company  believes  that  this  trend  is
precipitating the pursuit  of  new  services  and expects that it
will  result  in  increased outsourcing of the more complex value
added services that are unrelated  to the core expertise of these
customer organizations.

       The  evolving environment for communications has increased
the  number  of  messages  sent  and received and the  types  and
means  of   communications managed   by   mobile   professionals.
With   advances  in  many  areas   of communications  technology,
professionals  and  other  travelers  are   demanding  additional
features   from   their  calling  card  providers,   particularly
Internet access, true global access and unified messaging.

Market

        The   global  telecommunications  services  industry   is
undergoing  significant   growth.    According   to    a    study
conducted   by    the   World Observatory    of    Communications
Systems   ("OMSYC"), the    global telecommunications market  was
$745.1  billion in 1997, up 6.6  percent  from 1996.    Of   this
amount,  equipment accounted for 17.4 percent and  services  82.6
percent,  a ratio which OMSYC reports has stayed fairly  constant
for  the  past  six  years.   The fastest growth sector is mobile
communication  related   services  which  have  increased  at  an
average  rate of  34.7  percent per year   since  1991  when   it
accounted    for    5.1    percent    of  all   telecommunication
services.   One  of the other strongest  areas  of   growth  over
the    last   decade  has  been  international  telecommunication
services, which  has  grown  at a compound annual rate  of  15.6%
from   1988   to   1993, according  to  U.S. Industrial  Outlook,
1993.   The  traffic   volume  in  the global  telecommunications
market is estimated to grow at 13% per annum.

       Growth  in the telecommunication services market is widely
dispersed  among   types  of  services.   For  example,  revenues
from   fax  calls  were estimated at $11 billion in the U.S.  and
$25  billion  worldwide in 1993  and voice   messaging   services
(not  including phone  charges)  generated  $220 million  in  the
U.S.  during  1993  and are projected at $1  billion   in   1998.
According   to  the Washington D.C. based International  TeleCard
Association,  prepaid  calling card revenues  in  the  U.S.  were
estimated at $1.4 billion in 1996  and  are  projected  to double
every year.   According  to  a  recent research  study by Frost &
Sullivan,  the U.S. operator service and  calling  card   markets
are   expected  to grow from $14.5 billion in   1996   to   $22.7
billion   in  2003, a compound annual growth rate of 6.7  percent
during   that  period.    The Company believes  that  demand  for
global calling card services will  continue to grow substantially
as a result of (i) increased  reliance by   business   users   on
telecommunication   services;   (ii) increased  globalization  of
business; and (iii) use of the Internet.

        Changes   in   global  telecommunication  services   have
dramatically increased both the number of messages and the medium
used.   A  study by  the Institute  for  the Future,  the  Gallup
Organization, Pitney-Bowes  and  San Jose State University, based
on  responses  from  more than 1,000 employees  of  Fortune   100
companies,  found that workers send and receive an   average   of
178   messages  each  day.   Messages  are  increasingly   taking
electronic   form   as  electronic  mail  and  other   electronic
communications tools usage has  grown. Increased e-mail usage, in
turn,  will lead to increased demand for  mobile, dial-up  access
to   the   Internet.   A  study using  data   provided   by   the
investment  bank  Morgan Stanley predicts that the number of   e-
mail   users  will  increase to 200 million in the United  States
(from the 20-35  million current users) by the year 2000.

       The  growth  in the global telecommunications market  also
reflects  the increasingly  international nature of business, the
significant   growth   of  emerging and    newly   industrialized
economies   and  the increase   in international   trade.     The
Company    believes    that     as   multinational   corporations
globalize,   and  expand into new  markets,  their   demand   for
diverse  and customized telecommunications services will continue
to  grow. Increased  globalization  will lead to increased demand
for   products   and services that address the communication  and
information management needs of an  increasingly  mobile society.
The    World   Tourism    Organization    reports   that   global
international arrivals increased by 3.8% in 1995 to  567  million
travelers,  following  a 3.7% increase in 1994 when international
arrivals  totaled 531.4 million worldwide, of which approximately
30%   reported   travel  for   business  purposes.    Growth   in
communication   and  information  demand    on   the   part    of
international   travelers   is   further   evidenced    by    the
proliferation   of  electronic  devices (such as   notebook   and
subnotebook  computers with modems, both wireline  and  wireless)
and the explosive growth of  the  Internet,  corporate  intranets
and  network  services  that  allow travelers  remote  access  to
their  home  offices.  As business travel  grows, the  percentage
of  travelers  who  have  a need for remote  office   access   to
messaging and communication services will increase.  For example,
a  survey of frequent flyers taken in June 1996 reported that 97%
would use the World Wide Web in the next year.

     The Internet is rapidly becoming a preferred solution to the
increased  message  and communication needs of mobile  consumers.
The  Business Research Group  estimates,  in  a recently released
report,   that    the    size   of   the   worldwide   commercial
Internet/intranet  market  was over  $2.5  billion  in  1996  and
projected that the market would exceed $24 billion by  the   year
2000. The  number of Internet users is currently estimated at  20
35  million, with projections of the number of users ranging from
120  million  to  200  million. The  number  of  Internet/on-line
service subscribers according to one  study prepared   by   SIMBA
Information  Inc.  and  Jupiter  Communications, is forecasted to
grow to between 21 million and 65 million by the year 2000.

       Many   factors  are driving this increase  in  demand  for
Internet  access  by  an increasingly more mobile  group  of  end
users.   Strategic developments affecting this demand for nomadic
Internet access include:

  Increasing     deregulation    and    competition     in
  telecommunications  markets.  
  
  Growth  of  Internet  usage  to  a
  critical  mass  to  achieve near universal  acceptance.  

  Dramatic increase  in the use of electronic mail

  Decreasing access  costs
  to  non-U.S.  backbone  providers and end  users   

In addition to consumer use, corporations have been moving online.
According  to   one estimate the number of Fortune 500  companies
with   a  Web presence  increased in 1996 from 175 to nearly  400
(an  increase from   35%   to  80% penetration).  Corporate   use
is   also reflected   in   the  number  of registered  commercial
domains.  Through  December 1996, there were  987,662  registered
Internet  domains, according to InterNic, of which 796,039   were
commercial  domains.   This increase in corporate  use  indicates
how    quickly the   Internet  has  become  a mainstream  channel
for      corporate   marketing,   communications   and   business
transactions.

Services

     The Company's Global Calling Card Services provide customers
(carriers  and  card issuers, such as PTTs and  banks)  with  the
ability  to  offer  calling  card programs  to  their  customers.
Services  include  platform  services  -  the  Company   provides
processing   technology,  the  customer   provides   transmission
services    -   and  enhancement  services  where   the   Company
provides    a combination  of platform and transmission services.
Calling  card   services include  validation,   routing,    multi
currency   billing   and   payments,   in  addition   to  credit,
prepaid  and  true  debit functionality.  See  Note   9   to  the
Consolidated   Financial   Statements for   geographic   business
segment information.

Service     Customer    Service       Cardholder      Trans-
Type        Category    Description   Payment Type   mission
                                       
Global      Carrier   Provision   of   Prepaid         Yes,
Calling     Reseller  both  domestic   Postpaid      included
Card        Corporate (home country)
                      and international
                      calling service.

Platform    Carrier   Validation,      Prepaid         No,
            Reseller  routing,         Postpaid      excluded
                      billing of
                      call
                      transactions-
                      no transmission.

Enhancement Financial Value-added,     Postpaid        Yes,
                      enhancement                    included
                      of   financial
                      card  issuer's
                      existing credit/
                      debit/limit card
                      to allow global
                      calling
            Carrier   Enhancement      Prepaid
            Reseller  of existing      Postpaid
                      domestic        
            Corporate calling card
                      service for
                      global
                      calling.

Global  Calling  Card  Services.
   Designed  for  carriers (including wholesale network providers
and  resale  carriers),  and corporations looking for  a  calling
card  solution  to enhance their core  business   (which  is  not
calling  card) with  global  calling capabilities on  a  prepaid,
postpaid, debit or limit  card  basis. These customers  want  the
Company  to  originate  and  terminate  calls  domestically   and
internationally.  Customers are billed for  call transmission and
use of the Calling Card Platform.

      Platform Services.  Designed for carriers needing a calling
card  platform provider through which the carriers run their  own
transmission.  The Company provides the validation,  routing  and
billing  of  call transactions.  No transmission/transport  lines
are  included.  Customers are billed for use of the Calling  Card
Platform.

       Enhancement   Card  Services.   Designed   for   financial
institutions,   banks,   credit/debit  card   issuers,   carriers
(including   wholesale   network   providers),   resellers    and
corporations looking to enhance their existing card  with  global
calling  card capability.  These customers want to add  value  to
their  existing financial or domestic calling card  by  extending
features  and  calling coverage.  Customers are billed  for  call
transmission and use of the Calling Card Platform.

     The Company maintains a central processing center in Denver,
Colorado  for user validation and storing of billing information.
The Company's calling card services are provided (whether through
the   computer  or  by  operators)  in  multiple  languages   and
currencies,  and the Calling Card Platform supports  a  range  of
calling card services, including credit, debit, prepaid and limit
cards.

      The  Company provides 24-hour operator assistance and other
customer service.  This assistance includes "default to operator"
assistance  for  calls  from  rotary and  pulse-tone  telephones.
Calls  placed  from such telephones are diverted by  the  Calling
Card Platform to an operator who processes the call.  The default
to-operator feature enables the Company's Calling Card  Platforms
to  be accessed from any telephone in any country or territory in
the  Company's network.  Whenever special assistance is  required
in  placing  calls, the Company's multilingual  customer  service
center can be reached 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

The  following table lists some features of the Company's calling
cards:

Calling Card Features

Standard Features:               Enhanced Features:
Operator Default                 Customized  Languages, Prompts
                                 and Closing
Operator Assistance              Conference Calling
Language Selection               Translation Services
Self-Selected PIN                Access    to    U.S.   Toll-Free
                                 Numbers
Multiple Calling
Star Key(*)Prompt Restart
Auto Redial
Prompt Interrupt
Voice Mail Compatibility

     International Toll Free Services (Service 800).  In addition
to  its  calling card services, the Company offers  international
toll  free telephone service that permits a caller to make a long
distance   telephone   call   without   paying   the   applicable
international toll charges, which are billed to the  Service  800
subscriber  (normally the recipient of the calls).  This  service
was  the Company's original service prior to introduction of  its
calling  card  services  several  years  ago.   The  Company   is
presently  offering international toll-free service with  respect
to  calls  originating  in Australia, Austria,  Canada,  Denmark,
France,  Hong  Kong,  Japan,  the Netherlands,  Switzerland,  the
United Kingdom, the United States and West Germany, among others.

      Proprietary Calling Cards.  Although it is not a  principal
focus  of the Company's services, the Company in the past  issued
its   own   proprietary   calling   cards,   Executive   TeleCard
InternationalT and World DirectT cards.  The calling  card  is  a
telephone  charge card that is available to foreign and  domestic
business  executives, professionals and others for use  primarily
in   placing   direct   intra/intercountry  calls.    Cardholders
generally  select  a major credit card to which  their  usage  is
billed  by  the Company.  As of March 31, 1998, the  Company  had
approximately 11,000 cardholders.

      New Services.  The Company plans to offer Global OfficeT, a
suite  of enhanced business communications services such as  dial
up  Internet and Intranet access, unified messaging, IP voice, IP
fax and remote office services.

Recent Developments

     IDX  Merger  Agreement.  On June 17, 1998, the Company,  IDX
International, Inc. ("IDX"), a privately held company located  in
Northern  Virginia, EXTEL Merger Sub No. 1, Inc., a wholly  owned
subsidiary of the Company ("Merger Sub"), and the stockholders of
IDX  (the "Stockholders") entered into an Agreement and  Plan  of
Merger  (the "IDX Merger Agreement"), pursuant to which IDX  will
merge  with  and  into  Merger Sub, with  Merger  Sub  being  the
surviving  corporation  and  thereby  becoming  a  wholly   owned
subsidiary  of  the  Company (the "Merger").   The  name  of  the
surviving corporation will be IDX International, Inc.

     The IDX Merger Agreement provides that all of the shares  of
common  stock, no par value ("IDX common stock"), and all of  the
shares  of  preferred stock, no par value,  of  IDX,  issued  and
outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger
(excluding  any  treasury shares), shall be  converted  into  and
exchanged for, in the aggregate, the right to receive (a) 500,000
shares  of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.0001
per  share, convertible into 2,500,000 shares of common stock  of
the  Company at the end of one year, and warrants to purchase  up
to  2,500,000  shares of common stock of the Company  subject  to
achieving   certain   revenue  and  cash  flow   objectives   and
(b) $5,000,000 in cash, decreased based upon the satisfaction  of
certain  indebtedness of IDX and other amounts to be deducted  as
provided  for  in  the IDX Merger Agreement.   The  warrants  are
convertible only to the extent that IDX achieves certain  revenue
and  cash  flow  goals over the twelve months following  closing.
The  Company  has also guaranteed a price of $8.00 per  share  to
recipients  of  the  Company's  common  stock  at  the  date  the
preferred stocks and warrants are convertible, subject  to  IDX's
achievement  of  certain revenue and cash flow  objectives.   The
transaction  is  subject  to  the Company  raising  the  required
financing.

     IDX is a supplier of IP (Internet protocol) fax and IP voice
platforms  and  services  to  telecommunications  operators   and
Internet Service Providers ("ISP's") in 12 countries.  IDX,  with
50  employees globally, currently has approximately $6 million of
annualized  revenue.   IDX  provides the  Company  with  two  key
services  for  the  Company's  new suite  of  Internet  services:
operationally proven IP fax and IP voice.  For at least the first
year,  IDX  will operate as a separate subsidiary,  although  its
platform services will begin to be used immediately to serve  the
Company's customer base.

      AlphaNet Preliminary Strategic Agreements. The Company  has
entered into an agreement with AlphaNet Telecom, Inc., a Toronto,
Ontario based international digital communications technology and
service  provider ("AlphaNet").  AlphaNet develops, operates  and
markets  voice,  fax  and  data services  for  telecommunications
service providers, corporations and the hotel industry.

             Under  the terms of the agreement which has  a  five
year  renewable term, AlphaNet will market calling card  services
to specified international telecommunications carriers.  AlphaNet
will  also  provide  its  customers with  enhancements  to  their
existing  calling  cards  to  provide for  international  calling
capability.  Certain of the Company's Calling Card Platforms  may
be co-located with AlphaNet's international points-of-presence to
improve the services offered by both companies.  The Company will
then  be  able  to  offer its customers AlphaNet  Global  Carrier
Services,  a  global value-added network service.   The  AlphaNet
network delivers commercial-grade levels of voice quality over  a
data   network  and  value-added  services  by  using  AlphaNet's
proprietary    voice-into-data   conversion    and    compression
technology.  The Company believes that this is the first  carrier
application  of  its  kind.  The agreements contemplate  AlphaNet
carrying certain portions of the Company's international  traffic
over  its  facilities  which, to the  extent  implemented,  would
reduce the Company's transmission costs.

       Other  Potential  Acquisitions.    The  Company  has  also
executed  letters  of  intent to acquire,  subject  to  obtaining
financing,  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of   two   other
companies.  The cash element of the aggregate purchase prices for
these  potential acquisitions is approximately $3.5  million  and
liabilities to be assumed, principally long-term, aggregate  $4.6
million.  In addition, the Company will issue 375,000 warrants to
purchase common stock.

      Stockholder Loan.  In June 1998, the Company borrowed  $1.0
million from an existing stockholder.  The loan bears interest at
8  7/8% and is payable upon maturity in December 1999.  Under the
terms  of  the  agreement, the stockholder received  warrants  to
purchase  67,000 shares of common stock at a price of  $3.03  per
share,  exercisable for a period of three years.  The stockholder
also  received  as consideration for the loan the  repricing  and
extension of a warrant for 55,000 shares which is now exercisable
on or before February 29, 2001 at a price of $3.75 per share.

Competition

      The Company's industry is intensely competitive and rapidly
evolving.   The communications industry is dominated by companies
much  larger than the Company with much greater name recognition,
much  larger customer bases and substantially greater  financial,
personnel, marketing, engineering, technical and other  resources
than  the  Company.  In  addition, several other  companies  have
commenced  offerings,  or  have  announced  intentions  to  offer
enhanced  communications  services  similar  to  certain  of  the
enhanced services the Company plans to offer.

      The  Company's  core  services compete  with  calling  card
services  provided by companies such as AT&T Corp.,  Global  One,
PTTs and other national carriers as well as smaller long distance
providers.  In providing enhanced services the Company expects to
compete with entities already offering or planning to offer  such
services.  Some of these companies include Premiere Technologies,
Inc.  (provides enhanced communication services and is developing
a  unified messaging platform), JFAX (remote office services) and
General   Magic   Inc.  (provides  integrated  voice   and   data
applications).   The  Company expects  that  other  parties  will
develop  platform products and services similar to  the  products
and services offered by the Company.

       The  Company believes that the principal factors affecting
competition  in  the  calling card market  include  services  and
features,  geographic  coverage, price, quality,  reliability  of
service  and  name recognition.  The Company expects to  leverage
its  global network and Calling Card Platform by offering various
enhanced  communications services, by expanding its relationships
with  carriers and other large companies that outsource  business
to  the  Company and to continue to be an efficient  provider  of
processing  services.  The Company will also leverage its  assets
by  a  new  focus on tier II and tier III carriers.  The  Company
believes  that it will be able to compete effectively if  it  can
successfully implement its competitive strategy.  However, to the
extent  that  other entities are successful in offering  superior
enhanced  communications  services or introducing  such  services
before  the  Company does, the Company likely would be  adversely
affected and such effects could be material.  See "Risk Factors -
Possible Adverse Effects of Competition."

Sales and Marketing

      The  Company  markets  its services to  and  through  PTTs,
international    carriers,    financial    institutions,    large
corporations  and  card issuers, such as credit  card  providers,
which provide the Company's services to their own customers.  The
Company  recently established a sixteen (16) person direct  sales
force  which  focuses  on  sales to  these  customers,  including
personnel  based  in  Europe  and  Asia.   The  Company's   newly
established   marketing  staff  is  primarily   responsible   for
providing marketing support to the sales efforts described  above
at  varying levels of involvement.  The marketing staff  is  also
responsible  for promoting the Company's corporate image  in  the
marketplace   and   providing   marketing   support   to    PTTs,
international carriers and other card issuers to promote the  use
of  the Company's services by their customers.  The Company  pays
sales commissions to its sales employees and agents.

Engineering

      The  Company's  engineering personnel are  responsible  for
updating,    testing   and   supporting   proprietary    software
applications,  as well as creating and improving enhanced  system
features and services.  The Company's engineering efforts include
(i)   updating   its  proprietary  Calling  Card  Platforms   and
integrating its software with commercially available software and
hardware  when  feasible;  and  (ii)  identifying  and  procuring
improved  communications services that are  compatible  with  the
Company's calling card services and Calling Card Platforms.
Technology: Intellectual Property Rights

      The  Company regards its Calling Card Platforms and related
software  as proprietary and has implemented protective  measures
both of a legal and a practical nature to ensure that they retain
that status.  The Company has filed a patent application relating
to  certain  aspects of the Calling Card Platform with  the  U.S.
Patent  and  Trademark Office, and is taking steps to extend  its
patent  application to certain international jurisdictions.   The
Company  has also registered certain trade or service marks  with
the  U.S.  Patent  and  Trademark Office,  and  applications  for
registration of additional marks are currently pending.   Certain
trade or service marks also have been registered in some European
and  other  countries,  and  applications  for  registration   of
additional marks are pending.  In addition to filing patents  and
registering  marks in various jurisdictions, the Company  obtains
contractual  protection  for  its  technology  by  entering  into
confidentiality agreements with its employees and customers,  and
limits  access to and distribution of its Calling Card Platforms,
hardware,   software,   documentation   and   other   proprietary
information.

      There can be no assurance, however, that the steps taken by
the Company to protect its proprietary rights will be adequate to
deter  misappropriation of its technology.  Despite the Company's
measures, competitors could copy certain aspects of the Company's
Calling Card Platform and related software or obtain information,
which  the Company regards as trade secrets.  Further, there  can
be  no  assurance that any patent issued to the  Company  or  the
marks   registered  by  the  Company,  if  challenged,   can   be
successfully  defended.  In any event, the Company believes  that
factors such as technological innovation and expertise and market
responsiveness  are  as  (or  more)  important  than  the   legal
protections  described above.  The Company believes  that  it  is
likely  that the Company's competitors will independently develop
similar technology and that the Company will not have any  rights
under  existing laws to prevent the introduction or use  of  such
technology.    See  "Risk  Factors  --  Limited   Protection   of
Proprietary Rights and Technology; Risks of Infringement Claims."

Customers

             In  fiscal 1998 Telefonos de Mexico, S.A., de  C.V.,
Worldcom,  Inc.,  (primarily its affiliates ATC  and  Metromedia)
Telecom  Australia and LCI International accounted for 18%,  14%,
11%, and 11%, respectively of the Company's revenues and were the
only  customers  accounting for 10%  or  more  of  the  Company's
revenues.

Regulation

        Although   the   Company   does   not   have   its    own
telecommunications  facilities, and utilizes  the  facilities  of
long-distance telephone carrier services in the United States and
of  telephone  utilities  in various  foreign  countries,  it  is
subject  to regulation as a telecommunications reseller  in  many
jurisdictions.   In  addition, either the Company  or  its  local
partner  is  required  to have licenses  or  approvals  in  those
countries where it operates and where equipment is installed.

       United  States  Federal  Regulation.   Pursuant   to   the
Communications  Act  of  1934,  as amended  (the  "Communications
Act"),  the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") is required
to regulate the telecommunications industry in the United States.
Under  current FCC policy, telecommunications carriers  reselling
the  services of other carriers and not owning telecommunications
facilities of their own are considered to be non-dominant and, as
a  result, are subject to streamlined regulation.  The degree  of
regulation  varies  between domestic telecommunications  services
(services which originate and terminate within the United States)
and  international  telecommunications services  (services  which
originate in the United States and terminate in a foreign country
or vice versa).

      For  non-dominant providers of domestic services, no  prior
authorization  is  required  to  provide  service.   Non-dominant
providers  of  international  services  are  required  to  obtain
authorization for the provision of service from the FCC  pursuant
to  Section  214  of the Communications Act.  Carriers  providing
international service are also required to file a tariff with the
FCC,  setting  forth the terms and conditions  under  which  they
provide international services. The FCC has determined that it no
longer  will require non-dominant providers of domestic  services
to file tariffs, but that decision has been stayed pending appeal
by  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals for the  District  of  Columbia
Circuit.   The  Company resells both domestic  and  international
services,  and  therefore is required to possess authority  under
Section  214  of  the Communications Act to resell  international
service,  and  to  file  tariffs for domestic  and  international
services with the FCC.  The Company has held an authorization  to
resell  international switched voice services  and  international
telex  service since 1989.  The underlying service  being  resold
could  be  provided to the Company pursuant to the tariffs  filed
with the FCC by any U.S. international carrier.  The Company also
has  tariffs  on file with the FCC setting forth  the  terms  and
conditions  under  which it provides domestic  and  international
services.

      In addition to these authorization and tariff requirements,
the  FCC  imposes  a  number of additional  requirements  on  all
telecommunications  carriers,  including  obligations   to:   (1)
contribute  a  portion of telecommunications  revenues  from  end
users   to  federal  universal  service  programs,  unless   such
contribution would be considered de minimis under FCC rules;  (2)
ensure  that  services are accessible and usable by persons  with
disabilities;   (3)  comply  with  verification   procedures   in
connection with changing the presubscribed interexchange  carrier
of a customer so as to prevent "slamming," a practice by which  a
customer's  chosen long distance carrier is switched without  the
customer's   knowledge;  (4)  protect  the   confidentiality   of
proprietary  information  obtained from customers,  manufacturers
and  other carriers; (5) pay annual regulatory fees to  the  FCC;
and (6) contribute to the Telecommunications Relay Services Fund.

      These  regulatory requirements impose a relatively  minimal
burden  on  the  Company at the present time.  There  can  be  no
assurance,  however, that the current regulatory environment  and
the  present level of FCC regulation will continue, or  that  the
Company  will  continue to be considered non-dominant.   At  this
point,  it  is  contemplated that the  Company  will  resell  the
services  of  other  carriers  and will  not  construct  its  own
facilities.

        Non-U.S.   Government   Regulation.    Telecommunications
activities  are  subject  to  government  regulation  to  varying
degrees in every country throughout the world.  In many countries
where the Company operates, equipment cannot be connected to  the
telephone  network  without regulatory  approval,  and  therefore
installation   and  operation  of  the  Company's  Communications
Platform or other equipment requires such approval.  The  Company
has licenses or other equipment approvals in the jurisdictions in
which  operations are conducted; in most jurisdictions where  the
Company  conducts  business it relies on  its  local  partner  to
obtain  the requisite authority.  In many countries the Company's
local  partner  is  a  PTT  or  national  carrier,  and  in  some
jurisdictions  also  is  (or  is controlled  by)  the  regulatory
authority itself.

      As  a  result  of the reliance on its local  partners,  the
Company  is  dependent  upon  the cooperation  of  the  telephone
utilities  with which it has made arrangements for its  authority
to  conduct business, as well as operational and certain  of  its
administrative  requirements.  The  Company's  arrangements  with
these   utilities  are  nonexclusive  and  take  various   forms.
Although  some  of  such  arrangements  are  embodied  in  formal
contracts,  any telephone utility could cease to accommodate  the
Company's requirements at any time.  Depending upon the  location
of  the  telephone  utility, such action could  have  a  material
adverse effect on the Company's business and prospects.  In  some
cases,  principally countries which are members of  the  European
Community  and  the  United States, laws and regulations  provide
that  the  arrangements necessary for the Company to conduct  its
service may not be arbitrarily terminated.  However, the time and
cost  of  enforcing the Company's rights may be such as  to  make
legal  remedies  impractical.  The  Company  presently  has  good
relations with most of the foreign utilities with which  it  does
business.   There  can  be  no  assurance,  however,  that   such
relationships will continue or that governmental authorities will
not  seek to regulate the Company's rates or other aspects of its
calling  card services or require the Company to obtain a license
to conduct its business.

      Many aspects of the Company's international operations  and
business  expansion  plans  are  subject  to  foreign  government
regulations,  including currency regulations.  There  can  be  no
assurance that foreign governments will not adopt regulations  or
take  other actions that would have a direct or indirect  adverse
impact  on the business opportunities of the Company.  See  "Risk
Factors -- Risks Associated with International Business."

Employees

     As of March 31, 1998, the Company employed one hundred forty
five  (145)  employees as follows: one hundred sixteen  (116)  in
Denver,  Colorado, five (5) in Tarrytown, New York,  one  (1)  in
Nyon,  Switzerland, eight (8) in Silkeborg, Denmark, ten (10)  in
Hong  Kong,  one  (1)  in  Brussels, Belgium,  and  four  (4)  in
Guildford,  United  Kingdom.  See  Note  9  to  the  Consolidated
Financial Statements for geographic business segment information.

Risk Factors

      Rapid  Technological and Market Changes Create  Significant
Business  Risks.   The  market  for  the  Company's  services  is
characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product
introductions, changes in demand, changes in cost structures  and
evolving  industry standards.  The Company's success will  depend
in significant part on its ability to anticipate customer demand,
keep  pace  with  advances  in technology,  enhance  its  current
services, develop and introduce new services in a timely fashion,
modify  its  cost structure to maintain cost-effective  services,
and  compete  successfully with products and  services  based  on
evolving  or new technologies.  In particular, the Company,  like
others  in  its industry, believes that it will be  necessary  to
offer  a suite of enhanced business communications services,  and
that those companies which do not offer acceptable services in  a
timely  manner will lose market share.  There can be no assurance
that  the  Company  will  be  able to  keep  up  with  the  rapid
technological and market changes or that the Company will be able
to offer acceptable new services in a timely manner to avoid loss
of market share.

      Possible  Adverse  Effects of Competition.   The  Company's
industry  is  intensely  competitive and rapidly  evolving.   The
communications  industry is dominated by  companies  much  larger
than  the Company with much greater name recognition, much larger
customer  bases  and substantially greater financial,  personnel,
marketing,  engineering, technical and other resources  than  the
Company. To the extent that such entities offer services that are
similar  to  and priced competitively with the Company's  calling
card services there likely would be a material adverse effect  on
the  Company's  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.  The Company's ability to succeed will depend in part
on  such  larger companies outsourcing to entities  such  as  the
Company  services  of  the  type  offered  by  the  Company.   In
addition,  several  other companies have  commenced  offering  or
announced  intentions  to offer enhanced communications  services
similar to certain of the enhanced services the Company plans  to
offer.   To  the  extent  that such entities  are  successful  in
offering  superior  services  or  introducing  credible   service
offerings  before  the  Company,  the  Company  likely  would  be
adversely  affected  and  such effects could  be  material.   The
Company  expects  new  types of products  and  services  not  yet
announced  or  available in the marketplace to be  developed  and
introduced  which  will  compete with the  services  offered  and
proposed to be offered by the Company.

      Need  for  Significant Additional Financing.   The  Company
estimates that it will need to raise up to $30 million during the
next  several  months  to  have  sufficient  working  capital  to
facilitate  running  its business, pursuing  the  IDX  and  other
acquisitions,  upgrading  its  facilities,  and  developing   new
services.   In  addition,  the Company  will  need  to  repay  or
refinance its existing $7.5 million term loan (plus approximately
$978,000  in interest) that will be due and payable  in  full  in
August  1999.    To the extent that the Company  spends  more  on
acquisitions, service development or incurs losses, its need  for
additional  financing  will  increase.   The  Company   presently
intends  to pursue equity and debt financing.  There  can  be  no
assurance  that the Company will be able to raise  the  necessary
funds  in  a  timely  manner or on favorable terms.   Should  the
Company  be  unsuccessful  in  its efforts  to  raise  additional
capital,  it  may be required to institute cost cutting  measures
and curtail its plans.

      Dependence on Strategic Relationships.  A principal element
of the Company's strategy is the maintenance of existing, and the
creation  of  new,  strategic  relationships  with  international
carriers  and  others  that  will enable  the  Company  to  offer
additional services that it cannot offer on its own and to  offer
its  services  to a larger customer base than the  Company  could
otherwise  reach  through direct marketing efforts.  The  Company
believes  that  international  relationships  and  alliances  are
important in the offering of calling card services and that  such
relationships  will be even more important as providers  add  new
services.  The Company's success depends in part on the Company's
ability  to maintain and develop such relationships, the  quality
of  these  relationships  and  the  ability  of  these  strategic
partners  to market the Company's services effectively.   Failure
to  maintain  and develop such relationships or of the  Company's
strategic partners to successfully market the Company's  services
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results  of
operations.

      Limited  Protection of Proprietary Rights  and  Technology;
Risks of Infringement Claims.  The Company relies primarily on  a
combination   of  intellectual  property  laws  and   contractual
provisions  to  protect  its proprietary rights  and  technology.
However,  these  laws  and  contractual provisions  provide  only
limited  protection. Unauthorized parties may copy the  Company's
technology, reverse engineer its software or otherwise obtain and
use  information the Company considers proprietary.  In addition,
the  laws  of some foreign countries do not protect the Company's
proprietary  rights to the same extent as the laws  of  the  U.S.
There  can be no assurance that the Company's means of protecting
its  proprietary  rights and technology  will  be  adequate.   In
addition,  it  is  likely  that the  Company's  competitors  will
independently  develop similar technology and  that  the  Company
will  not  have  any rights under existing laws  to  prevent  the
introduction or use of such technology.

      Many patents, copyrights and trademarks have been issued in
the telecommunication service area.  The Company believes that in
the ordinary course of its business third parties will claim that
the Company's current or future products or services infringe the
patent, copyright or trademark rights of such third parties.   No
assurance  can  be given that actions or claims alleging  patent,
copyright  or trademark infringement will not be brought  against
the  Company, or that, if such actions are brought,  the  Company
will  ultimately prevail.  Any such claims, regardless  of  their
merit,  could  be  time consuming, result in  costly  litigation,
cause delays in introducing new or improved products or services,
require   the   Company  to  enter  into  royalty  or   licensing
agreements,  or  cause  the Company to  discontinue  use  of  the
challenged  technology, trade name or service mark at potentially
significant  expense  to the Company.  Any  infringement  by  the
Company's  key  technology  of intellectual  property  rights  of
others  could  have a material adverse effect  on  the  Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.

      Dependence  on Calling Card Platform; Damage,  Failure  and
Downtime. The Company's operations are dependent upon its ability
to  protect  and maintain its Calling Card Platforms and  central
processing    center   against   damage,   technical    failures,
unauthorized intrusion, natural disasters, sabotage  and  similar
events.   The  Company has taken certain precautions  to  protect
itself  and  its  customers  from  events  that  could  interrupt
delivery  of the Company's services.  However, there  can  be  no
assurance  that an event would not cause the failure  of  one  or
more of the Company's Communications Platforms or even the entire
World  DirectT  network.   Such  an  interruption  could  have  a
material  adverse  effect  on the Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

     Risks Associated with International Business.  A significant
portion of the Company's business is conducted outside the United
States and a significant portion of its revenues and expenses are
derived   in  foreign  currencies.   Accordingly,  the  Company's
results of operations may be materially affected by international
events  and fluctuations in foreign currencies.  Many aspects  of
the  Company's  international operations and  business  expansion
plans  are  subject  to foreign government regulations,  currency
fluctuations, political uncertainties and differences in business
practices.   There  can be no assurance that foreign  governments
will  not adopt regulations or take other actions that would have
a direct or indirect adverse impact on the business opportunities
of  the  Company  within such governments'  countries,  including
increased  tariffs.  Furthermore, there can be no assurance  that
the  political, cultural and economic climate outside the  United
States  will be favorable to the Company's operations and  growth
strategy.   The  Company  does not  engage  in  the  practice  of
entering  into foreign currency contracts in order to  hedge  the
effects   of   foreign  currency  fluctuations.   See   Item    7
Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results   of  Operations,  Other  Expense  (Income)  for  further
discussion.

     Acquisition and Joint Venture Risks.  The Company expects to
pursue acquisition and joint venture opportunities to be able  to
introduce certain of the enhanced communications services  it  is
proposing  to  offer.   This  is expected  to  place  significant
administrative, technical and financial demands on the  Company's
systems,  procedures  and  controls.  Acquisitions  also  involve
numerous   additional  risks,  including  difficulties   in   the
assimilation of the operations, services, products and  personnel
of   the   acquired  company,  the  diversion  of  the  Company's
management's attention from other business concerns,  entry  into
markets  in  which  the Company has little  or  no  direct  prior
experience  and  the  potential loss  of  key  employees  of  the
acquired  company.   Acquisitions and joint  ventures  also  will
require  funding, which may necessitate the raising of additional
financing.  Expected benefits from future acquisitions,  if  any,
may  not  be fully realized or realized within the expected  time
frame,  revenues following future acquisitions may be lower  than
expected,  and  operating  costs or customer  loss  and  business
disruption following future acquisitions, if any, may be  greater
than   expected,  and  costs  or  difficulties  related  to   the
integration  of the businesses, if any, that may be  acquired  by
the Company may be greater than expected.  Future acquisitions by
the  Company  may  result in potentially  dilutive  issuances  of
equity  securities,  the incurrence of debt,  the  assumption  of
known   and  unknown  liabilities,  the  write-off  of   software
development  costs  and the amortization of expenses  related  to
goodwill and other intangible assets, all of which could  have  a
material  adverse  effect  on the Company's  business,  financial
condition, results of operations and earnings per share.

     Dependence on Carriers and Others for Transmission Services.
The  Company  does not own any telecommunications facilities  and
therefore depends on telecommunications carriers for transmission
of    its    long   distance   calls.    These   long    distance
telecommunication  services generally are  procured  pursuant  to
strategic  arrangements with the carriers owning such  facilities
or   more  common  commercial  arrangements  for  the  supply  of
transmissions  capacity.  The Company's ability  to  operate  its
business  profitably  will depend, in part,  on  its  ability  to
continue to obtain transmission services on favorable terms  from
long  distance carriers. The Company believes that  as  providers
add new and enhanced communications services, cost will re-emerge
as  a key criterion for distinguishing between services, and  the
Company  therefore  will need to keep reducing  its  transmission
costs  and  pursue  low  cost alternative  routing  technologies.
Failure   to  obtain  long  distance  transmission  services   at
favorable rates could result in losses on particular services  or
over  particular routes, and could lead to a loss  of  customers,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

      Year  2000 Problem.  It is possible that a portion  of  the
Company's   currently   installed  computer   systems,   software
products,  billing systems, networks, database or other  business
systems (collectively the "Company's Systems"), or those  of  the
Company's  customers working either alone or in conjunction  with
other  software  or  systems, will not accept  input  of,  store,
manipulate  and  output dates for the years  2000  or  thereafter
without error or interruption (commonly known as the "Year  2000"
problem);  although initial review indicates that  the  Company's
primary Unix-based operating systems are not at significant risk,
other  systems,  particularly in the finance  and  administration
area, may be.  The Company is currently in the process of further
evaluating  the  Company's Systems to determine  whether  or  not
modifications will be required to prevent problems related to the
Year  2000.   There  can be no assurance that  the  Company  will
identify all Year 2000 problems in the Company's Systems or those
of  its  customers, including network transmission providers,  in
advance  of their occurrence or that the Company will be able  to
successfully  remedy  any  problems  that  are  discovered.    In
addition,  the  Company  is  dependent  upon  third  parties  for
transmission  of  most  of  its calls and  other  communications.
There  can be no assurance that these third party providers  will
identify  and remedy any Year 2000 problems in their transmission
facilities.  The expense of the Company's efforts to address such
problems,  in particular the failure of third party providers  of
transmission facilities, could have a significant adverse  effect
on  the  Company's business, financial condition and  results  of
operations.

      Dependence on Key Management and Personnel.  The  Company's
success  is  largely  dependent on its executive  and  other  key
personnel, the loss of one or more of whom could have a  material
adverse  effect  on the Company.  The Company believes  that  its
continued  success will depend to a significant extent  upon  the
efforts and abilities of Christopher J. Vizas, the Company's  new
Chairman  and Chief Executive Officer (who joined the Company  in
December 1997), and certain other key executives.  Mr. Vizas  has
entered  into an employment agreement, which expires on  December
5, 2000.  The Company also believes that to be successful it must
hire  and  retain  highly  qualified engineering  personnel.   In
particular, the Company relies on certain key employees to design
and  develop the Company's proprietary Calling Card Platform  and
related  software.   Competition in  the  recruitment  of  highly
qualified  personnel in the telecommunications services  industry
is  intense.   The inability of the Company to locate,  hire  and
retain  such  personnel  would have  an  adverse  effect  on  the
Company.   The Company does not have key-man life insurance.   No
assurance  can be given that the Company will be able  to  retain
its  key  employees or that it will be able to attract  qualified
personnel in the future.

      Regulation.   Although the Company does not  have  its  own
telecommunications facilities and utilizes the facilities of PTTs
and other carriers, it is subject to regulation as a reseller  in
many jurisdictions.

           United  States Federal Regulation.  Under current  FCC
policy,  telecommunications carriers reselling  the  services  of
other  carriers and not owning telecommunications  facilities  of
their own are considered to be non-dominant and, as a result, are
subject  to  streamlined regulation.  The Company is required  to
possess  an  authorization  from the FCC  for  the  provision  of
international services, and must file tariffs at the FCC  setting
forth  the  terms  and conditions under which  it  provides  both
international and domestic services.  These and other  regulatory
requirements to which the Company presently is subject  impose  a
relatively  minimal burden on the Company at  the  present  time.
There  can  be no assurance, however, that the current regulatory
environment  and  the  present  level  of  FCC  regulation   will
continue, or that the Company will continue to be considered  non
dominant.

           Non-U.S.  Government Regulation.   In  most  countries
where the Company operates, equipment cannot be connected to  the
telephone  network  without regulatory  approval,  and  therefore
installation and operation of the Company's Calling Card Platform
or other equipment requires such approval.  In most jurisdictions
where  the  Company  conducts business it  relies  on  its  local
partner  to obtain the requisite authority.  As a result  of  the
reliance on its local partners, the Company is entirely dependent
upon the cooperation of the telephone utilities with which it has
made  arrangements for its authority to conduct business, as well
as  operational  and certain of its administrative  requirements.
Any  telephone  utility could cease to accommodate the  Company's
requirements  at  any time.  Depending upon the location  of  the
telephone  utility,  such action could have  a  material  adverse
effect on the Company's business and prospects.  There can be  no
assurance   that  such  relationships  will  continue   or   that
governmental authorities will not seek to regulate the  Company's
rates  or  other aspects of its calling card services or  require
the Company to obtain a license to conduct its business.

      Relations with Certain Major Stockholders.  The Company has
several major stockholders that have in the past been involved to
varying  degrees with the management of the Company.  The Company
does  not  believe that any stockholders have meritorious  claims
arising out of the Company's business.  However, there is a  risk
that  one,  or  more, of such stockholders might  take  positions
adverse  to  a  present,  or past, management  action,  including
litigation.  The Company has no control over the actions of  such
stockholders and were actions taken at any given time there could
be  an  adverse  effect on the Company's ability to  execute  its
business plan.

      Volatility of Common Stock Price.  The market price of  the
Company's  common  stock fluctuates over a  wide  range  and  may
continue to do so in the future.  Such fluctuations could  be  in
response to factors and events related to matters other than  the
performance of the Company, including the depth and liquidity  of
the  trading market of the common stock, changes in estimates  by
analysts,  market  conditions in the industry,  announcements  by
competitors, regulatory actions and general economic conditions.

      Dividend Policy.  The Company has not declared or paid cash
dividends  on  its  capital stock and does not anticipate  paying
cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

      Anti-Takeover Provisions.  The Company has adopted a Rights
Plan  and  has entered into a Stockholder Rights Agreement  dated
February 27, 1997 between the Company and American Stock Transfer
&  Trust Company, as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agreement").   The
Rights  Agreement  provides  for  the  issuance  of  rights  (the
"Rights") for each share of common stock outstanding on  February
28,   1997, each Right representing the right to purchase one one
hundredth  of  a  share of the Company's Series  A  Participating
Preferred  Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock") at a  price  of
$70  per  one-hundredth of a share of Series A  Preferred  Stock,
subject to adjustment.  All shares of common stock issued by  the
Company between the date of adoption of the Rights Agreement  and
the  distribution date (as defined in the Rights  Agreement)  or,
the  date,  if  any, on which the Rights are redeemed  will  have
Rights attached to them.  The Rights become exercisable upon  the
occurrence  of  certain  defined  change  of  control  triggering
events.   The Rights will have certain anti-takeover  effects  as
they  will  cause substantial dilution to a person or group  that
acquires a substantial interest in the Company without the  prior
approval of the Board of Directors of the Company.  The effect of
the  Rights may be to inhibit a change in control of the  Company
(including  through a third party tender offer at a  price  which
reflects a premium to then prevailing trading prices) that may be
beneficial to the Company's stockholders.

      The  Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation allows
the  Board  of  Directors to issue up to five million  shares  of
preferred stock and to fix the rights, privileges and preferences
of  those  shares  without any further  vote  or  action  by  the
stockholders.  The rights of the holders of the common stock will
be  subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the  rights  of
the  holders of any shares of preferred stock that may be  issued
by  the Company in the future.  Any issuances of preferred  stock
in  the  future could have the effect of making it more difficult
for a third party to acquire a majority of the outstanding voting
stock  of  the Company.  In addition, the Company is  subject  to
certain anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Business
Corporation  Law,  which could have the effect  of  discouraging,
delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company.

ITEM 2 - Properties

The land and building that was used by the Company at 8 Avenue C,
Nanuet,  New  York was purchased in March 1992 and  is  currently
under  contract  for  sale.  The land and building  used  by  the
Company  at  4260 East Evans Avenue, Denver, Colorado, consisting
of  approximately 14,000 sq. ft., was purchased in December 1992.
The  Company  rents  office  space at  the  following  locations:
Tarrytown,  New  York;  Paris, France; Brussels,  Belgium;  Nyon,
Switzerland;  Hong  Kong,  H.K.; Silkeborg,  Denmark;  Guildford,
United  Kingdom; and Washington D.C.  Effective  June,  1996  the
Company  leased an additional 10,000 sq. ft. of office  space  in
Denver, Colorado at 1720 S. Bellaire Street, Suite 1000.

The  Company  believes  that  its  facilities  are  adequate  for
operations for the coming year.

ITEM 3 - Legal Proceedings

The  following  information sets forth  information  relating  to
material  legal proceedings involving the Company and certain  of
its  former executive officers and some of its current and former
directors.   From  time to time, the Company  and  its  executive
officers  and  directors become subject to  litigation  which  is
incidental  to  and  arises in the ordinary course  of  business.
Other  than  as  set forth herein, there are no material  pending
legal proceedings involving the Company or its executive officers
and directors.

In re Executive TeleCard, Ltd. Securities Litigation, Case No. 94
Civ. 7846 (CLB), U.S.D.C., S.D.N.Y.

The   Company,  its former auditors, certain of its  present  and
former   directors  and  others  are  defendants       in   this
consolidated  securities  law class action,  which  alleges  that
certain   public   filings and reports made   by   the   Company,
including  its  Forms 10-K for the 1991, 1992,  1993   and   1994
fiscal   years   (i)   did  not present  fairly   the   financial
condition   of the Company and its earnings; and (ii)  failed  to
disclose  the  role  of Richard Bertoli as a consultant   to  the
Company.     Plaintiffs  sought  unspecified   monetary  damages.
In   January  1997,  the court certified  the  named  plaintiffs,
except    Moise    Katz,   as   adequate   class representatives,
and  certified  the putative class to include  all   persons  who
purchased the Company's common stock in the open  market  between
October 28, 1991 and October 27,  1994. By  Memorandum and  Order
dated  October 16, 1997,  the  Court excluded  all  testimony  by
plaintiffs'  damages   expert   and denied  the  parties'  cross-
motions for summary judgment.

    On   April  2,  1998,  the  parties  entered  into  a  formal
settlement agreement.  Pursuant to the settlement  agreement  the
plaintiffs  agreed  to  release  the  Company  and   the    other
defendants  from  all obligation or liability  and  the   Company
agreed,   on   behalf  of itself and the other   defendants,   to
deliver   to   a  settlement administrator a total   of   350,000
shares   of   its   common  stock and  to  pay   the   settlement
administrator  up  to  $50,000 in actual reasonable  charges  and
expenses  incurred  in connection with providing  notice  to  the
plaintiffs  and administering the settlement.  A  charge  of
$3,500,000 was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998  and
represents  the value assigned to the 350,000 shares   of  common
stock  referred to above, which have been valued  at   a  maximum
possible  value of $10.00 per share pursuant  to  the  terms   of
the  settlement agreement.  Such value relates  to the  Company's
obligation  to  issue additional stock or  cash if   the   market
price  of the Company's stock  is  less  than $10.00  per   share
during  the  relevant periods, as  defined. The  Company  has  no
obligation  to issue additional stock  if its  share   price   is
above $10.00 per  share  for  fifteen consecutive days during the
two  year period after all shares have  been  distributed  to the
class.    The  settlement  is subject  to  Court  approval.   The
shares  of   the   Company's  common   stock  to  be  issued   in
connection  with the settlement are  to  be held in escrow  until
the  effective date  of  the settlement  which  will  occur  once
all   of   the   following conditions  have  occurred:   (a)  the
settlement   is  finally approved in all respects by  the  Court;
(b)  the  Court's Order and  Final  Judgment is entered; (c)  the
time  to  appeal  for the  Order  and Final Judgment has expired;
or   (d)  if  any appeal  is  taken, the expiration of five  days
after   such appeal  shall  have been finally determined by   the
highest  court  before  which  appellate review is  sought,   and
not subject  to  further appeal; and (e) such final judgment   or
appeals, if any, shall have been resolved in such manner   as  to
the    permit    the   consummation   of   the   settlement    in
accordance with its terms.

ITEM 4 - Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

On February 26, 1998, the Company held its 1997 annual meeting of
stockholders (the "1997 Annual Meeting").  At the Annual Meeting,
the Company's stockholders took the following actions:

Elected  Directors.   The  Company's stockholders  elected  eight
directors to the Company's Board of Directors.  The names of  the
elected directors (each of whom had served as a director prior to
the  Annual Meeting) are Christopher J. Vizas, Edward J. Gerrity,
Jr.,  Anthony  Balinger, David W. Warnes,  Richard  A.  Krinsley,
Martin L. Samuels, Donald H. Sledge and James O. Howard.
Amended the Company's 1995 Employee Stock Option and Appreciation
Rights  Plan.   The Company's stockholders adopted amendments  to
the  Company's 1995 Employee Stock Option and Appreciation Rights
Plan  (the "Employee Plan"), including an increase from 1,000,000
to  1,750,000  in the number of shares authorized  to  be  issued
pursuant  to  options  granted  under  such  plan.   Amended  the
Company's   1995   Directors   Stock    Option  and  Appreciation
Rights   Plan.   The Company's  stockholders  adopted  amendments
to    the    Company's   1995  Directors   Stock    Option    and
Appreciation Rights Plan (the "Directors Plan"), which amendments
were  designed  to  take  advantage  of  recent  changes  in  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to permit greater flexibility  in
administration of such plan.

Ratified Appointment of Independent Certified Public Accountants.
The  Company's stockholders ratified the appointment by the Board
of  Directors  of  the firm of BDO Seidman,  LLP  as  independent
certified  public accountants of the Company for the fiscal  year
ending March 31, 1998.

Ratified  Change  in  the Company's Fiscal Year.   The  Company's
stockholders  ratified  the change in the Company's  fiscal  year
from  a  fiscal  year  ending March 31 to a  fiscal  year  ending
December  31, commencing with the fiscal year beginning April  1,
1998.

The following sets forth the voting results of the Annual Meeting
based on the Inspector of Elections report:
<TABLE>
Election of Directors
Name of Nominee        For          Against      Abstain
<S>                    <C>          <C>          <C>
Vizas                  13,603,192   1,373,069    1,425,000
Gerrity, Jr.           13,618,556   1,357,705    1,425,000
Balinger               13,624,409   1,351,852    1,425,000
Warnes                 13,625,637   1,350,624    1,425,000
Krinsley               13,601,778   1,374,483    1,425,000
Samuels                13,623,877   1,352,384    1,425,000
Sledge                 13,625,637   1,350,624    1,425,000
Howard                 13,622,067   1,354,194    1,425,000
</TABLE>
Amendments to Employee Plan
          For              Against          Abstain
          11,742,074       1,852,750        2,806,437
Amendments to Directors Plan
          For              Against          Abstain
          11,705,394       1,885,392        2,810,475
Ratification  of  Independent Certified  Public  Accountants
          For              Against          Abstain
          13,544,137       1,360,364        1,496,760
Ratification of Change in Fiscal Year
          For              Against          Abstain
          13,594,680       1,311,784        1,494,794


Executive TeleCard, Ltd.

Part II

ITEM  5  -  Market  for  Registrant's Common  Stock  and  Related
Stockholder Matters


A.   Market Information

The  Company's  common stock has traded on  the  NASDAQ  National
Market under the symbol ("EXTL") since December 1, 1989.
The following table reflects the high and low prices reported  on
the  NASDAQ  National Market for each quarter of the fiscal  year
ended March 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
                                            High      Low
    <S>                                    <C>        <C>
    Quarter Ended June 30, 1997            $9 1/4     $4 1/2
    Quarter Ended September 30, 1997        8 3/4      3 1/4
    Quarter Ended December 31, 1997         4          1 19/32
    Quarter Ended March 31, 1998            4 19/32    2 1/4
</TABLE>
The following table reflects the high and low prices reported  on
the  NASDAQ  National Market for each quarter of the fiscal  year
ended March 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
                                            High      Low
    <S>                                    <C>        <C>
    Quarter  Ended June 30, 1996           $14 5/8    $6 7/8
    Quarter Ended September 1996            14          8
    Quarter Ended December 31, 1996         11 5/8      5 1/8
    Quarter Ended March 31, 1997             8          5
</TABLE>
B.   Holders

The  approximate number of holders of the Company's common  stock
as  of  May 31, 1998 was in excess of 5,300 record and beneficial
owners.

C.   Dividends

The  Company has not paid or declared any cash dividends  on  its
common  stock since its inception and does not anticipate  paying
any  cash  dividends on its common stock in the near future.  The
Company declared a ten percent (10%) common stock split, effected
in the form of a stock dividend, on June 30, 1995 and distributed
on  August  25, 1995 to stockholders of record as of  August  10,
1995.    On May 21, 1996 the Company declared another ten percent
(10%) stock dividend.  Stockholders of record as of June 14, 1996
received the dividend on August 5, 1996.

ITEM 6 - Selected Consolidated Financial Information

The following is a summary of selected consolidated financial data of
the Company as of and for the five years ended March 31, 1998. This
data  should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion
and  Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results of  Operations"
and the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes
thereto appearing elsewhere in this document.

<TABLE>
                     FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                     1998      1997       1996       1995        1994
                  Successor  Successor  Successor  Successor  Predecessor
                     (3)        (3)        (3)        (3)         (4)
<S>              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Statement of
Operations:
Net Revenues     $33,122,767 $33,994,375 $30,298,228 $22,980,726 $12,736,882 
Income(Loss)from  (5,700,424)  2,423,564   3,097,009    (292,307)  1,447,825
Operations
Other Income      (5,949,486) (1,401,612)     69,843  (4,324,193)    (55,034)
(Expense)          
Net  Income(Loss)(13,289,910)    773,952   2,852,852  (4,616,500)  1,323,407
Net Earnings (Loss)
per Common  Share:
(1) (2)
Basic                 $(0.78)      $0.05       $0.18      $(0.30)      $0.09
Dilutive               (0.78)       0.05        0.18       (0.30)       0.08
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                       AS OF MARCH 31,
                      1998        1997        1996      1995        1994
<S>                <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>
Balance Sheet:
Cash and Cash  
Equivalents        $2,391,206  $2,172,480   $950,483  $1,734,232 $1,347,532
Total  Assets      22,900,456  23,679,686 16,732,074  12,943,044 16,645,307
Long-Ter            7,735,581   9,737,007  2,150,649     671,774    500,939
Obligations         
Total  Liabilities 15,779,696  15,720,414  9,692,065   9,023,293  1,157,233
Total  Stockholders'7,120,760   7,959,272  7,040,009   3,919,751 15,488,074
Equity   
</TABLE>
(1)   Based  on the weighted average number of shares outstanding
during the period.
(2)  The weighted average number of shares outstanding during the
periods have been adjusted to reflect two ten percent (10%) stock
splits,  effected in the form of stock dividends and  distributed
August 25, 1995 and August 5, 1996.
(3)   Includes  the acquisition of the operating subsidiaries  of
Residual  Corporation ("Residual") of which the Company  acquired
substantially all of the assets effective March 31,   1995.    In
connection with the acquisition, a management agreement between
the  Company  and  Residual under which Residual  provided  the
Company   with  general  and administrative  services   including
facilities and administrative personnel but excluded  costs   for
legal,   accounting, marketing, advertising  and  promotion   and
stockholder  relations in return for 10% of the Company's   gross
revenues  was transferred to a wholly-owned subsidiary   of   the
Company.  As a result, as of April 1, 1995, the Company,  through
its   subsidiaries, was responsible for all expenses   previously
included  under  the  agreement.   In  consideration  for     the
transaction, the Company issued 767,610  restricted shares of its
common  stock  to  Residual  and also discharged  approximately
$12,722,000  of  debt obligations payable by  Residual  to  the
Company.
(4)    Does   not  include  the  acquisition  of  the   operating
subsidiaries of Residual as described in (3) above.

ITEM  7  -  Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations

General

The   Company   is  a  global value-added  service  provider   of
telecommunications and information services,  focused  on  mobile
end-users,  messaging  and  information   management.    At   the
present time,   the  Company's  core  business  is       the
provisioning   of  global calling  card  services,  and   related
validation,  billing  and  payment services.   Operating  through
its  World  DirectT network, the Company originates voice traffic
in  88  countries  and  territories and terminates  such  traffic
anywhere in the world.   The  Company's global    services    are
delivered  through  proprietary  routing,  application  and  data
access  software,  which  run on the Company's  interactive  call
processing    platform    ("Calling   Card  Platforms").    Forty
Calling  Card Platforms  are installed  in  strategic   locations
around  the world  where they connect directly with national  and
international   telephone   networks.   In  addition  to  routing
calls,  the  Company's  Calling Card  Platform  validates  calls,
controls  fraud, captures usage information and issues bills with
full  call  details.  The Calling Card  Platform system  provides
a  user  interface  in  multiple languages  for operator assisted
calls   and  the Company's proprietary billing software  provides
for multiple currency billing.

         Revenue.  The  large majority of the  Company's  revenue
results  from  providing  services  and   is  generated   through
contracts   for   calling   card  enhancement    and     platform
services.    Other services  revenue sources include   the   sale
of international  toll  free services  and  revenue generated  by
use  of  the Company's  proprietary calling  cards.   The Company
generally  charges its   customers,  principally  PTT's, (Postal,
Telegraph       and      Telephone      Authorities)        other
telecommunications  providers  and  issuers   of  credit   cards,
for calling card enhancement  and platform services on a per call
basis, where the charge  per  call is determined  by  minutes  of
customer  usage   and   the   originating and terminating  points
of  the  call.   In  the  case   of  calling   card   enhancement
services,  where  the Company  arranges  for the transmission  of
the call   as   well   as  the  various   processing functions, a
significant portion of the revenues relates  to the costs of  the
transmission   which  the   Company  obtains  from  third   party
providers. For  platform services the customer arranges  for  its
own transmission. As a result, calling card enhancement  services
have  much   higher   revenue from  customers  than  do  platform
services  per minute of usage.

     In  certain  years  the Company has generated  revenue  from
other  sources,  classified as non-service, which generally  have
consisted   of  sales  of  billing  and  platform   systems   and
nonrecurring special projects.

     Costs.   The  principal component of the Company's  cost  of
revenue  for  calling card enhancement services  is  transmission
costs.   The Company continues to pursue strategies for  reducing
its  cost of transmission.  These strategies include establishing
partnering  arrangements with various carriers, negotiating  more
cost-effective agreements with other carriers and routing traffic
to  the least-cost, highest quality providers.  In addition,  the
Company  has entered into an outsourcing agreement with a company
that   is   reviewing  all  of  the  Company's  domestic  service
providers'  bills  to ensure that bills are  in  compliance  with
current contracts and domestic telecommunications regulations.

     Other  components  of  the  Company's  operating  costs  are
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  which  include
personnel costs, consulting and legal fees, travel expenses,  bad
debt  allowances and other administrative expenses.  Depreciation
and  amortization expense includes the allocation of the cost  of
transmission  equipment,  property  and  office  equipment,   and
various intangible assets over their useful lives.

Results of Operations

Year  Ended March 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended March 31,  1997
Overview.  The Company incurred a net loss of $13.3  million
for  the  year  ended March 31, 1998, of which $10.9  million  is
attributable to the following charges:
<TABLE>
                                                 (in millions)
               <S>                                 <C>
               Corporate    realignment    costs   $3.1
               Proxy-related litigation  settlement 3.9
               costs
               Additional income tax provision      1.5
               Additional  allowance  for  doubtful 1.3
               accounts
               Warrants associated with debt        0.5
               Other items                          0.6
                                                  $10.9
</TABLE>
      These   charges  result principally  from  a  detailed
review  of
the  Company's activities initiated by new management during
the  third   quarter  of fiscal 1998 and  are  described  in
more  detail below.

     Excluding these items, the Company incurred a net  loss
for  fiscal 1998 of $2.4 million compared to net  income  in
fiscal   1997   of   $0.8   million.   The   difference   is
principally  due  to   a  $1.6 million contribution  to  net
income  in  fiscal 1997 of high  margin revenues  from  non-
services sources which did not recur in  fiscal 1998.   Also
in  fiscal  1998,  the  Company's  gross  profit  from   its
services  business  remained flat compared  to  fiscal  1997
while   it  incurred additional recurring operating expenses
of    $1.1    million,   principally    depreciation     and
amortization.    Interest   expense,  excluding    a    $0.5
million charge related to the amortization  of debt discount
associated with warrants related to term loans (See Note   3
to  Consolidated Financial  Statements  for further
information)  increased by $0.3 million  over  fiscal  1997.
Foreign  exchange  losses increased  by  $0.3  million  over
fiscal 1997.

     New  management  is  taking steps to increase  revenues
and  improve  margins.  They have completed a review of  the
operations and  activities of the Company and have refocused
the   Company's  marketing  and  sales  activities  with  an
emphasis  on  stabilizing and  growing  the  existing   core
business   and   on   adding   new services.   In  practical
terms,  this  means  that recently:  (1)  the  Company   has
refocused  its  resources on calling  card  enhancement  and
platform  services and plans to leverage its global  network
to  offer  various enhanced communications services; (2) the
Company  has  established a small staff devoted to improving
its    network   structure   and   reducing   its   marginal
transmission  costs  (and, therefore, its cost of  revenue),
and  contracts have been  entered into  with several vendors
which  will  help to reduce transmission costs in  the  next
fiscal  year; (3) the Company has increased  its sales   and
marketing   staff  and  allocated  additional   funds    for
marketing and promotional activities; and (4) staffing needs
have  been    assessed  and  reductions   and   realignments
have   been
completed.   The  Company has instituted a  process  to  add
new  network   and   operations  staff   as   necessary   to
support    new
contracts.

       A   thorough   review  of  corporate   practices  and
procedures  has been completed.  This review resulted  in  a
number  of  improvements to internal  reporting  and  review
procedures. The Company has also   undertaken  a  study   to
simplify its organizational   and  tax  structure   and  has
identified    potential  international   tax    issues.   In
connection   with  this  study,  the  Company  realized   it
had  a potential tax liability  and recorded  an  additional
tax  provision   of   $1.5 million   in  the  fiscal  fourth
quarter  to  reserve against liabilities which  might  arise
under  the existing  structure.   The  Company's  study   is
continuing   and the eventual outcome  cannot  be  predicted
with  certainty.  No tax  claims  have been asserted against
the Company.

Revenue.    The  Company's revenue sources can be classified
into two categories:
<TABLE>
Years Ended March 31, (in millions)
                                1998           1997
       <S>                      <C>          <C>
       Services                 $33.0        $  32.0
       Non-Services                .1            2.0
       Total                    $33.1        $  34.0
</TABLE>
      As   the  above table indicates, revenue for the  year
ended  March  31,  1998 was $33.1 million.   By  comparison,
revenue  for  the year  ended  March  31,   1997  was  $34.0
million,   including   $2.0 million   attributable  to  non-
service revenue (principally billing and platform equipment  sales,
revenue  from  calling   card
production   and   contract settlement charges  related   to
special  projects).  Although total revenue  decreased  from
fiscal 1997  to fiscal  1998, service revenue increased $1.0
million or 3%.   The
increase  was  due  to  increased customer  usage  partially
offset   by a  combination of three elements:  a decline  in
revenue  from   the long  distance resale  services  of  the
Company;  lower   per   minute revenue due  to  new  pricing
programs  which went into effect in the first   and   second
quarters  of  fiscal  1998; and  a  lack   of   new  revenue
generating  contracts in the current  fiscal  year.       As
anticipated,  the Company's focused sales  efforts  did  not
have   an impact  on  the fiscal year ended March 31,  1998,
but   management believes that these efforts will have their
initial impact in the fourth quarter of calendar year 1998.

      Gross  Profit.  Gross profit was 43% or $14.3  million
for the year  ended March 31, 1998, compared to 47% or $16.1
million  for the year ended March 31, 1997. This decline was
due partially  to
the  positive margin contribution of non-service revenues in
the  year ended March 31, 1997 which did not reoccur in  the
year  ended March  31,  1998.  Excluding the effects of non-
service  revenue, gross  profit  for  services revenue   was
43%   for   fiscal   1998 compared to 45% for  fiscal  1997.
This  decrease  was  due  to   lower  pricing   related   to
various  customer  contracts  which   was   not  offset   by
corresponding   decreases  in  transmission    costs,    the
principal component of cost of revenue.  The Company expects
that  unit  pricing  in its core business  of  calling  card
enhancement   is  likely  to  continue  to decline,  and  is
taking    steps    that   it  believes   will   reduce   its
transmission  costs.  Cost of revenue may  be   expected  to
fluctuate  in  the  next few periods  as  new   pricing  and
contractual arrangements are put in place and as the Company
works  to  improve  its network structure  and  transmission
costs.

       Selling,   General   and   Administrative   Expenses.
Selling,
general  and administrative expenses were $14.0 million  for
the year ended March 31, 1998, compared to $11.9 million for
the  year ended March 31, 1997, an increase of $2.1  million
or 18%.   As  a percentage   of  revenue,  selling,  general
and   administrative expenses were 42% and 35% for the years
ended  March 31, 1998  and 1997,  respectively.    A   major
factor  in  the  increase  is  the addition  of $1.3 million
to  the  allowance for doubtful accounts. Of   this  amount,
half  is  related to one customer who has, in  the Company's
view,  unilaterally  taken  unsubstantiated   credits    off
invoiced  amounts  and has refused to pay  a  large  invoice
for contract settlement charges related to a special prepaid
calling  card   service.   The  Company believes  the   full
amount   of   the  amounts  invoiced  to  this  customer  is
legally  due and  owing  but has  established  an  allowance
as  of  March  31,  1998  to  reflect potential   costs   of
collection.   The balance  of  the  remaining  increase   in
the    allowance   is  spread   among   several    accounts,
principally   in  the  Asia-Pacific  area,  to  provide  for
collection issues  that  may  arise from economic and  other
factors. The
Company  incurred   $0.8 million in other  selling,  general
and administrative  expenses related to increases in payroll
due   to  the  hiring of new management and other personnel,
consulting and legal fees, travel expenses and for  internal
communication costs.

           Corporate   Realignment  Expense.   The   Company
incurred  various   realignment  costs  during  fiscal  1998
resulting  from   the review  of  operations and  activities
undertaken  by  new  corporate management.    These   costs,
which  totaled  $3.1  million,  include employee  severance,
legal  and  consulting fees and the write  down of   certain
investments   made  in  the  Company's   Internet    service
development   program.   The Company  does  not   anticipate
further realignment costs in the future.

     Depreciation  and  Amortization Expense.   Depreciation
and
amortization expense for the year ended March 31,  1998  was
$2.8  million  compared to $1.7 million for the year   ended
March   31, 1997,  an  increase of $1.1 million or 59%.   In
addition  to  an increase in the asset base of $2.1  million
in  fiscal 1998, a full year's  depreciation was recorded in
fiscal  1998 for fiscal  1997 property  additions  of   $5.0
million,  a significant  portion  of which occurred  in  the
latter part of fiscal                       1997.

      Other   Expense  (Income).  Interest expense  (net  of
interest  income)  for  the  year ended March 31, 1998   was
$1.6   million, compared  to $0.8 million for the year ended
March  31,  1997,  an increase  of  $0.8  million  or  101%.
This  increase                           relates
primarily   to   expenses   of  $0.5  million   related   to
additional  interest  expense  associated with warrants   to
purchase   common stock  issued  in  conjunction  with  debt
obligations.   Also,  in fiscal  1998, there was an increase
in  average borrowings  during the  fiscal  year   and   the
Company incurred  additional  finance
charges relating to the extensions of a term loan.

      The  Company  recorded a foreign currency  transaction
loss   of  $0.4   million  during fiscal 1998  arising  from
foreign   currency  cash  and accounts  receivable  balances
maintained by the  Company during   the   year    in   which
the    U.S.    dollar    strengthened  significantly.    The
Company's  exposure to foreign currency losses is  mitigated
due  to the variety of customers and markets  which comprise
the   Company's   customer   base,   as   well    geographic
diversification of that customer base.  In addition, most of
the  Company's  largest  customers  settle  their   accounts
in   U.S. dollars.

      During   fiscal   1998,  the Company  incurred   proxy
related litigation expense of $3.9 million arising from  the
class   action lawsuit  for  which  a  settlement  agreement
was  reached,                                             as
described  above  (See  "Item 3 - Legal Proceedings").    Of
this  amount,  $3.5 million relates to the escrow of 350,000
shares   of  the   Company's common stock, which  have  been
valued  at $10.00 per share  pursuant  to the terms  of  the
settlement  agreement.    Such  value   relates    to    the
Company's obligation to issue  additional stock or  cash  if
the market price of the Company's stock is  less than $10.00
per share during the defined periods.

      Taxes  on Income.  Taxes on income for the year  ended
March  31, 1998 were $1.6 million, compared to $0.2  million
for  the  year  ended  March 31, 1998, an increase  of  $1.4
million.   The  increase in  the tax provision  for  amounts
currently  due  is  primarily  the result of  the  Company's
completion  of  a  study  to  simplify  its  tax   structure
wherein,   it   identified  potential   international    tax
issues.     In  connection  with  this  study,  the  Company
realized   it had  potential  tax  liabilities and  recorded
an   additional  tax provision of $1.5 million in the fiscal
fourth  quarter.  Refer  to Note  8  to   the   Consolidated
Financial  Statements   for   further  discussion  regarding
taxes on income.

Year  Ended March 31, 1997 Compared to Year Ended March  31,
1996
     Revenue.   Revenue  for the year ended March  31,  1997
was
$34.0  million, compared to $30.3 million for the year ended
March 31,  1996,  an  increase of $3.7 million or 12%.   The
growth    in  revenue   resulted   primarily   from   higher
overall  minutes                                              of
customer  usage  of the Company's calling card  services  by
existing  customers,   the   addition  of   customers    and
$2.0 million
attributable  to  non-service revenue  (principally  billing
and  platform   equipment sales, revenue from calling   card
production  and  contract  settlement  charges  related   to
special projects).

       Cost  of Revenue.  Cost of revenue for the year ended
March  31,   1997  was  $17.9 million, compared  with  $18.5
million for  the year  ended  March 31, 1996, a decrease  of
$0.6  million  or  3%. Additionally, the Company experienced
general  rate  decreases  and volume   discounts  negotiated
with  domestic and foreign  telephone carriers   based  upon
the  continued increase in volume of  traffic generated over
their  networks.   As  a percentage  of  revenue,   cost  of
revenue  decreased 8% from 61% during the year  ended  March
31,  1996  to  53%  for  the year ended March 31, 1997.  The
decrease  resulted   from  the  overall  increase   in   the
Company's  realization of  revenue-sharing revenue for which
there is  no  direct  usage cost.

     Gross  Profit.   Gross profit for the year ended  March
31,  1997  was  $16.1 million, compared to $11.8 million for
the  year ended  March 31, 1996, an increase of $4.3 million
or  37%.        The
increase    in    gross   profit  largely   resulted    from
corresponding revenue growth.

       Selling,   General   and   Administrative   Expenses.
Selling,  general   and administrative expenses  were  $11.9
million   for   the year  ended March 31, 1997, compared  to
$7.1 million for the year ended  March 31, 1996, an increase
of  $4.8  million  or  68%.   This increase   was  primarily
attributable  to  the  addition of  personnel  and   related
employee costs necessary to manage  the  increasing business
volume, provide additional marketing and promotion  for  the
Company's  calling  card  services,  develop  new   business
services   (primarily   global  end-user   Internet   access
service),   and  maintain  quality  customer   support   and
assistance.  The number  of employees  increased  to 166 for
the year ended  March  31,  1997 compared  to  131  for  the
year  ended   March  31,  1996,  a  27%  increase.    As   a
percentage    of    revenue,    selling,     general     and
administrative  expenses increased from 24% for   the   year
ended  March  31, 1996 to 35% for the year ended  March  31,
1997.

     Depreciation  and  Amortization Expense.   Depreciation
and  amortization   expense was $1.7 million  for  the  year
ended   March  31,  1997, compared to $1.5 million  for  the
year ended March  31, 1996, an increase of  $0.2 million  or
11%.   This increase related primarily  to equipment  placed
in   service  during  the   year   ended  March   31,   1997
including   upgrade of  and  additions  to  call  processing
equipment.

      Interest  Expense.  Interest expense (net of  interest
income) for the year ended March 31, 1997 was  $0.8 million,
compared   to  $0.2  million for the year  ended  March  31,
1996,  an   increase   of  $0.6  million   or   333%.    The
increase   was   due  primarily  to additional    borrowings
to  finance  business  development and
expansion    and   an  increase  in  lease  financed   asset
transactions.   The    Company's   long-term   and   current
maturities  of long-term debt increased to $10.7 million  as
of  March 31, 1997, compared to $2.3 million as of March 31,
1996.

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Other Financial Data

      Cash  and cash equivalents were $2.4 million at  March
31,  1998  compared to $2.2 million  at  March   31,   1997.
Cash   outflow   from   operating  activities  totaled  $2.5
million  for  fiscal  1998 compared  to  $2.0  million   for
fiscal    1997. Working  capital decreased from $5.1 million
at  March   31,  1997 to $2.4 million  at  March  31,  1998.
Capital expenditures and other investing activities consumed
$2.1 million for fiscal 1998 compared  to  $5.2 million  for
fiscal   1997   and  related   primarily  to  upgrades   and
additions   to  call processing equipment.   Cash  generated
from financing  activities totaled $4.8  million  for fiscal
1998  compared  to  $8.4  million  for  fiscal  1997.    The
primary   source   of  financing  for fiscal  1998  was  the
issuance  of  common  stock   of  $7.5   million   partially
reduced  by  the net
retirement  of  long-term debt obligations of $3.0  million.
Cash flows from financing  activities in fiscal 1997 related
primarily  to  the  proceeds from  the  issuance   of  notes
payable   and   the assumption of capital lease  obligations
totaling  $10.3   million  decreased by principal   payments
and  retirement  of  long-term  debt  obligations   of  $1.9
million.

      Subsequent  to  March  31, 1998, the Company  expended
$0.8  million in connection with potential acquisitions (See
"Item 1  Business  -  Recent  Developments" above) and   has
committed    to
expend   an  additional  $0.7 million in  July  and  August,
1998 related  to  these transactions. At March 31, 1998, net
accounts  receivable equaled $7.7 million compared  to  $8.4
million at March 31, 1997.

     Due  to  the total cash commitments of $1.5 million  on
the   acquisitions   in   progress,   the   Company's   cash
resources   are currently  limited.  Under the direction  of
its   new  management, the  Company has instituted a program
to  improve  this  situation, the   principal  elements   of
which  are:  (1)  executing more aggressive   collection
efforts  of  accounts  receivable;   (2)establishing
effective controls over capital expenditures;   (3)
reducing   transmission costs by negotiating  new  contracts
with  carriers; and (4) implementing policies and procedures
to   control  overhead   costs   associated  with  staffing,
travel,          communications         and            other
areas.   These  steps,  coupled  with   substantial
augmentation   of  the marketing and sales efforts,   should
permit  the   Company  to  achieve positive  operating  cash
flow   for  the existing  core  business by the end  of  the
fiscal quarter  ending December 31, 1998, in the absence  of
any   unexpected  developments.  For   the   existing   core
business, should the anticipated  revenue growth,   accounts
receivable  collection  effort and   cost   control  program
described  above not result in  positive  cash  flow by
December  31,  1998,  the  Company  intends  to    institute
more significant cost-cutting measures.

      Current   Funding  Requirements.  Management estimates
that,  based  upon its current expectations for growth,  the
Company   will  require  additional funding  of  up  to  $30
million through the  end of  1998  for  the execution of its
business   plan,  the   principal  requirements  being   the
financing   of   its  acquisition   program    and   capital
expenditures   for   new service  offerings.   The   funding
required  by  the  Company may consist of  one  or  more  of
the  following:  (i)  issuing additional shares  of   common
stock     or
preferred  stock  or  convertible  debt  (ii)  obtaining   a
loan   facility   secured   by  accounts  receivable;  (iii)
establishing   a  credit   facility  to  finance   equipment
purchased and other capital additions;             or   (iv)
additional  cash  flow   generated                 from
operations.   There  can be no assurance  that  the  Company
will     be
successful    in   its  efforts  to  raise  such  additional
capital   on
favorable  terms.   Should the Company  be  unsuccessful  in
its  efforts  to raise capital it may be required to  modify
or curtail its plans for growth.

     In June 1998, the Company entered into an Agreement and
Plan  of   Merger  (the "IDX Merger Agreement")  to  acquire
100%   of   the stock of IDX (see "Item 1 - Business--Recent
Developments"  above)  in  return   for  500,000  shares  of
Series B Convertible  Preferred Stock  of  the  Company  and
warrants  plus   $5  million  in  cash (subject  to  certain
deductions and adjustments).  The transaction is subject  to
the Company raising the required financing.

      The   Company has also executed letters of  intent  to
acquire, subject  to obtaining financing, substantially  all
of the  assets of  two  other  companies.   The cash element
of   the   aggregate  purchase prices  for  these  potential
acquisitions  is  $3.5   million and   liabilities   to   be
assumed,  principally  long-term,  total approximately  $4.6
million.   In  addition,  the Company  will   issue  375,000
warrants to purchase common stock.

      Existing  Obligations.  In February 1998, the  Company
entered  into   a   loan  agreement  with  IDT   Corporation
("IDT"),    a multinational telecommunications carrier,  the
principal amount of which is $7.5 million.  The loan matures
in  August 1999 and bears interest  at  the rate of 8  7/8%,
which is due at  maturity.                                As
part   of   this agreement, the Company also issued  to  IDT
warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of the Company's  common
stock  at $3.03 per share, exercisable for a period of three
years.   The  proceeds of this loan were used  to  repay  in
full,  term  loans  in  the amount  of   $7.0   million  and
balances of certain capital leases totaling $0.4 million.

      In   June   1998,  the Company borrowed  $1.0  million
from  an existing stockholder.  The loan bears interest at 8
7/8%  and  is payable upon maturity in December 1999.  Under
the  terms   of   the  agreement,  the stockholder  received
warrants  to purchase  67,000 shares of common  stock  at  a
price  of  $3.03 per share, exercisable for   a   period  of
three years.  The stockholder also received  as
consideration   for  the loan the repricing  and   extension
of  a
warrant   for 55,000 shares which is now exercisable  on  or
before
February 29, 2001 at a price of $3.75 per share.

Taxes

       The   Company  has  undertaken  a  study  to simplify
its   organizational and tax  structure and  has  identified
potential international  tax issues.     In  connection with
this  study,  the
Company realized   it   had   potential tax liabilities  and
recorded   an  additional tax provision  of $1.5 million  in
the fiscal  fourth quarter for liabilities which might arise
under  the  existing  structure.  The  Company's  study   is
continuing   and the eventual outcome  cannot  be  predicted
with  certainty.  No tax  claims  have been asserted against
the Company.

       As   of  March  31, 1998,  the  Company  has recorded
a   net   deferred  tax  asset  of  $5.1 million   and   has
$9.5   million   of   net   operating  loss    carryforwards
available.  The Company  has recorded a valuation  allowance
equal to the  net deferred  tax asset as management has  not
been  able  to  determine that it is more likely   than  not
that the deferred tax asset will be realized based  in  part
on   the  foreign   operations   and  availability  of   the
operating  loss  carryforwards  to  offset  only  U.S.   tax
provisions.   See Note  8 to the   Consolidated    Financial
Statements regarding further discussion of taxes on income.

Effect of Inflation

       The   Company believes that inflation has not  had  a
material effect on the results of operations to date.

Accounting Pronouncements and Year 2000 Issues

       In   June  1997,  the Financial Accounting  Standards
Board   issued    SFAS  No.  130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income,"  and  SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments  of
an   Enterprise  and  Related  Information."     Both    are
required   for  financial   statements   in  fiscal    years
beginning   after  December  15,  1997.   SFAS    No.    130
establishes    standards  for  reporting  and   display   of
comprehensive  income,   its   components  and   accumulated
balances.   Comprehensive income  is defined to include  all
changes  in equity except  those resulting  from investments
by   owners.   Among  other   disclosures,  SFAS   No.   130
requires that all items that are required  to  be recognized
under  current  accounting  standards  as   components    of
comprehensive  income be reported in a financial   statement
that  displays  with the same prominence as other  financial
statements.   SFAS   No.   131   supersedes  SFAS   No.   14
"Financial  Reporting  for
Segments   of   a   Business  Enterprise."   SFAS  No.   131
establishes  standards  on  the  way  that public  companies
report                  financial                information
about        operating       segments       in       interim
financial
statements   issued  to  the public.   It  also  establishes
standards  for disclosures regarding products and  services,
geographic areas and  major customers. SFAS No. 131  defines
operating segments  as components   of   a   company   about
which                                               separate
financial
information is available and is evaluated regularly  by  the
chief operating  decision  maker in deciding how to allocate
resources                       and                       in
assessing     performance.      SFAS     130     and     131
require
comparative   information   for   earlier   years   to    be
restated.
Because   of   the  recent  issuance  of  these   standards,
management has been  unable to fully evaluate the impact, if
any,  the  standards may  have on future financial statement
disclosures.  Results  of operations, financial position and
cash  flows, however,  will  be unaffected by implementation
of these standards.

             In  February  1998,  the FASB issued  SFAS  No.
132,  "Employers'   Disclosures  about  Pensions  and  Other
Postretirement    Benefits"    which     standardizes    the
disclosure  requirements  for pensions                   and
other          postretirement         benefits           and
requires
additional information on changes in the benefit obligations
and  fair   values  of  plan  assets  that  will  facilitate
financial                                          analysis.
SFAS  No. 132 is effective for years beginning  after
December  15,  1997  and  requires  comparative  information
for earlier  years  to  be restated, unless such information
is not readily available. Management believes the adoption of
this statement will have no material impact on the Company's
financial statements.

       In   anticipation  of  the year 2000  ("Year  2000"),
management is in the process of developing a plan to  review
software  that  is  internally developed  and/or  externally
purchased  or  licensed   for  compliance   with  Year  2000
processing                requirements.                   An
initial
review   indicates  that  the Company's  primary  Unix-based
operating  systems   are   not at significant  risk.   Other
systems,  with  the exception                             of
banking  interfaces,  are  primarily   externally
developed  "off-the-shelf"  software.   Correspondence  with
vendors
which    supply   the  Company  with  its   e-mail,   office
support
software,   and   the accounting package  that  the  Company
will  be converting  to in calendar 1998 indicate that these
packages   are Year  2000  compliant.  The Company presently
believes  that   with modifications  to  existing   software
and  converting                                     to   new
software,    the   Year   2000   issue   will    not    pose
significant
operational    problems   for   the   Company's     computer
systems.
However,   if  such  modifications and conversions  are  not
completed timely, the Year 2000 problem may have a  material
impact      on  the
operations   of  the Company.   In accordance with  Emerging
Issues Task   Force  Opinion  No.  96-14,  "Accounting   for
the   Costs Associated  with Modifying Computer Software for
the  Year   2000," the  Company will expense  all  costs  as
incurred.  See  discussion of Year 2000 Problem in Item 1  -
Business (General).

The next pages are F- 1 through F-34


Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                            
                               Item 8 - Financial Statements
                  Index to Consolidated Financial Statements




Consolidated Financial Statements:                   
                                                     
         Report of Independent Certified Public      F-2
         Accountants
                                                     
         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, F-3 - F-4
         1998 and 1997
                                                     
         Consolidated Statements of Operations for
         the Years Ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and    F-5
         1996
                                                    
         Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'    
         Equity for the Years Ended March 31, 1998,
         1997 and 1996                               F-6
                                                     
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for   
         the Years Ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and    F-7 - F-8
         1996
                                                     
         Summary of Accounting Policies              F-9 - F-13
                                                     
         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  F-14- F-33
                                                                          
Schedule -                                           
                                                     
         II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts        F-34













                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                         F-1
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants



Board of Directors and Stockholders
Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
Denver, Colorado

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
of  Executive TeleCard, Ltd. and subsidiaries as of March 31
1998  and  1997  and the related consolidated statements  of
operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended March 31, 1998.  We have
also  audited the schedule listed in the accompanying index.
These   financial   statements   and   schedule   are    the
responsibility    of   the   Company's   management.     Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these  financial
statements and schedule based on our audits.

We   conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted  auditing standards.  Those standards require  that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements and schedule are free
of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test  basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures
in  the  financial statements and schedule.  An  audit  also
includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used   and
significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well   as
evaluating   the  overall  presentation  of  the   financial
statements and schedule.  We believe that our audits provide
a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In   our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements
referred  to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the  financial  position  of Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd.  and
subsidiaries at March 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results  of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended March 31, 1998 in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

Also,  in our opinion, the schedule presents fairly, in  all
material respects, the information set forth therein.


_______________/S/_____________
        BDO SEIDMAN, LLP

June 19, 1998
Denver, Colorado



                                                         F-2
Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                            
Consolidated Balance Sheets

<TABLE>
March 31,                               1998            1997
                                                                               
                           ASSETS
                              
                                                            
<S>                                   <C>            <C>
Current:                                                       
Cash and cash                         $2,391,206   $  2,172,480
equivalents                            
Accounts receivable,                   7,719,853      8,363,017         
less allowance of                                     
$1,472,197 and
$372,988 for
doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable from                                      
related                                        -        175,114
     parties (Note 6)
Other current assets                     376,604        347,995
                                                               
Total current assets                  10,487,663     11,058,606
                                                               
Property and equipment,               11,911,310     11,905,956          
     net of accumulated                             
     depreciation and
     amortization (Note 1)
                                                               
Other:                                                         
     Intangible assets - net             203,875        286,941
     Deposits                            233,901        261,125
     Other assets                         63,707        167,058
                                                               
Total other assets                       501,483        715,124
                                                               
                                                               
Total assets                      $   22,900,456  $  23,679,686
</TABLE>
                                                            
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                         F-3
                                    Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                            
Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                                            
<TABLE>
                                                            
March 31,                               1998          1997

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     <S>                            <C>           <C>
Current:                                                    
     Accounts payable               $1,135,800    $2,191,006
     Accrued expenses (Note 2)       4,222,806     1,808,400
     Customer deposits                 262,008       319,674
     Income taxes payable (Note 8)   2,004,944       505,065
     Other current liabilities         174,537       155,879
     Current maturities of long-       244,020     1,003,383
     term debt (Note 3)
                                                            
Total current liabilities            8,044,115     5,983,407
                                                            
Long-term debt, net of current       7,735,581     9,737,007
(Note 3)
                                                            
Total liabilities                   15,779,696    15,720,414
                                                            
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes                        
5,7,8,10 and 11)
                                                            
Stockholders' equity (Note 7):                              
     Preferred stock, $.0001 par             -             -
       value, 5,000,000
       shares authorized; none
       issued
     Common stock, $.001 par            17,347        15,861
       value, 100,000,000
       shares authorized,
       17,346,766 and
       15,861,240 outstanding
     Additional paid-in capital     25,046,830    16,047,812
     Stock to be subscribed          3,500,000             -
     Accumulated deficit          (21,476,154)   (8,186,244)
     Accumulated translation            32,737        81,843
     adjustment
                                                            
Total stockholders' equity           7,120,760     7,959,272
                                                            
Total liabilities and                 
stockholders' equity               $22,900,456   $23,679,686
</TABLE>

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to
consolidated financial statements.
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                         F-4
Executive TeleCard, Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

<TABLE>
Years Ended March 31,           1998          1997        1996
                                                      
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenue (Note 9)            $33,122,767  $33,994,375  $30,298,228
                                                                                                            
Cost of revenue              18,866,292   17,913,995   18,501,402
                                                      
Gross profit                 14,256,475   16,080,380   11,796,826
                                                                        
Costs and expenses:                                   
    Selling, general and     14,047,864   11,915,864    7,135,382
     administrative
    Corporate realignment     3,139,191            -            -
     expense (Note 2)
    Depreciation and          2,769,844    1,740,952    1,564,435
     amortization
                                                      
Total costs and expenses     19,956,899   13,656,816    8,699,817
                                                      
Income (loss) from           (5,700,424)   2,423,564    3,097,009
operations                                             
                                                      
Other income (expense):                               
      Interest expense       (1,651,236)    (849,073)    (185,977)
      Interest income            45,839       51,291        1,848
      Foreign currency         (409,808)     (75,409)     (96,028)
       transaction loss
      Proxy related          (3,900,791)    (528,421)           -
       litigation expense (Note 5)            
      Other income              (33,490)           -      350,000
      (expense), net                       
Total other income           (5,949,486)  (1,401,612)      69,843
      (expense)                                         
                                                      
Income (loss) before taxes  (11,649,910)   1,021,952    3,166,852          
    on income                        
Taxes on income (Note 8)      1,640,000      248,000      314,000
                                                      
Net income (loss)          $(13,289,910)     773,952    2,852,852
                                                      
Net earnings (loss) per                               
share (Note 4):
      Basic                      $(0.78)       $0.05        $0.18
      Diluted                    $(0.78)       $0.05        $0.18
</TABLE>
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to
consolidated financial statements.
                                                            
                                                            
                                                         F-5
                                                        Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                                
                                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
<TABLE>
                                                                                
Years Ended                                   
Additional                                   
March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                            Common Stock             Additional               Accumulated
                          Shares    Amount  Stock to  Paid -In    Accumulated Translation Stockholders'
                                         be Subscribed Capital      Deficit    Adjustment    Equity
<S>                    <C>          <C>       <C>    <C>         <C>            <C>        <C>
Balance, April 1, 1995  15,707,958  $15,708   $ -    $15,556,617 $(11,813,048)  $160,474   $3,919,751
Stock issued in lieu of    124,702      124     -        309,875          -          -        309,999
cash payments
Exercise of stock           16,828       17     -         35,082          -          -         35,099
options
Foreign currency                 -        -     -             -           -      (77,692)     (77,692)
translation adjustment
Net income                       -        -     -             -     2,852,852         -     2,852,852
                                                                                             
Balance, March 31, 1996 15,849,488   15,849     -     15,901,574   (8,960,196)    82,782    7,040,009
Stock issued in             11,000       11     -        146,238          -           -       146,249
connection with
litigation
settlement
Exercise of stock              752        1     -             -           -           -             1
options
Foreign currency                 -        -     -             -           -         (939)        (939)
translation adjustment
Net income                       -        -     -             -       773,952         -       773,952
                                                                                             
Balance, March 31, 1997 15,861,240   15,861     -     16,047,812   (8,186,244)    81,843    7,959,272                     
       
Stock issued in lieu of     42,178       42     -        244,226          -           -       244,268
cash payments
Stock issued in          1,425,000    1,425     -      7,481,075          -           -     7,482,500
connection with               
private placement,net
Stock to be subscribed           -        - 3,500,000         -           -           -     3,500,000
(Note 5)                                  
Exercise of stock           18,348       18     -        137,530          -           -       137,548
appreciation rights
Issuance of warrants to          -        -     -      1,136,188          -           -     1,136,188
purchase stock (Note 7)
Foreign currency                 -        -     -             -           -      (49,106)     (49,106)
translation adjustment
Net loss                         -        -     -             -   (13,289,910)        -   (13,289,910)
                                                                                                                       
Balance,March 31, 1998 $17,346,766  $17,346$3,500,000$25,046,831 $(21,476,154)  $ 32,737   $7,120,760
</TABLE>
                             
                                                 
                                                                                
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated
financial statements.
                                                                             F-6

                                                        Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                                
                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                                                
<TABLE>
                                                                                
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
Years Ended March 31
                                       1998    1997      1996
   <S>                         <C>           <C>       <C>
Operating activities:                                          
   Net income (loss)           $(13,289,910) $773,952  $2,852,852           
Adjustments to reconcile                                   
net cash flows
        provided by (used in)
operating activities:
       Depreciation and           2,769,844  1,740,952  1,564,435
amortization                                              
       Provision for bad debts    1,433,939    404,410    736,611
        Common stock issued in      144,268    146,250    309,999
         lieu of cash payments
        Issuance of  warrants       220,000         -         -
         for services (Note 7)
        Amortization of debt        478,580         -         -
         discount (Note 3)
        Proxy related             3,500,000         -         -
         litigation expense  (Note 5)
        Impairment reserve for      143,668         -         -
         assets
        Other, net                  137,548         -         -
      Changes in operating                                     
        assets and liabilities:
            Accounts              (915,661) (2,359,402)(3,410,253)
               receivable                                               
            Other assets             52,860   (318,438)    10,650
                                                    
            Accounts payable        444,673     37,174    865,523
            Accrued expenses      2,414,406 (2,321,403)(1,712,818)
                                                  
            Other liabilities      (39,008)  (114,914)     20,979
                                                   
                                                               
Cash provided by (used in)       (2,504,793)(2,011,419) 1,237,978
      operating activities               
                                                               
Investing Activities:                                          
     Acquisitions of property    (2,150,280)(5,043,062)(3,426,322)
      and equipment                            
     Other assets                    26,693   (151,013)    22,204
                                                    
Cash used in investing           (2,123,587)(5,194,075)(3,404,118)
      activities                               
                                                               
Financing Activities:                                          
     Proceeds from long-term      7,810,000 10,297,429  1,500,000
      debt                                              
     Proceeds from issuance of    7,482,500         -      35,099
      common stock
     Principal payments on      (10,445,394)(1,869,938)  (152,708)
      long-term debt                         
                                                               
Cash provided by financing        4,847,106  8,427,491  1,382,391
      activities                                          
                                                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash     218,726  1,221,997  (783,749)
                                    
Cash and cash equivalents,        2,172,480    950,483 1,734,232
      beginning of year                                   
                                                               
Cash and cash equivalents, end            
of year                          $2,391,206 $2,172,480 $ 950,483
</TABLE>
                                                    

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to
consolidated financial statements.
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                              F-7
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                                                 
                                                                 
<TABLE>
                                                                 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow
Information
                                                                     
                                         1998       1997       1996
                                                                     
                                                                     
               <S>                     <C>          <C>         <C>
               Cash paid during the year for:
                                                                     
               Interest                $1,267,399   $654,180    $160,088
                                                   
               Income taxes             $ 101,181    $79,352      $   -
                                                                     
               Noncash investing and financing
               activities:
                                                                     
               Equipment              $   312,213   $705,660   $147,794
               acquired under                       
               capital lease
               obligations
                                                                     
                                                                     
               Stock issued           $   100,000      $-         $-
               for                                       
               acquisition of
               equipment

               Unamortized            $   437,608      $-         $-
               debt discount                                      
               related to
               warrants

</TABLE>
                                    See accompanying summary of
accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial
statements.


                                                              F-8
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                                   Summary of Accounting Policies
                                                                 
                                                                 
Organization Executive  TeleCard, Ltd. and subsidiaries, (collectively,
and Business the  "Company")  is a global value-added service  provider
             of  telecommunications and information  services,  focused
             on    mobile    end-users,   messaging   and   information
             management.   At  the  present time,  the  Company's  core
             business  is  the  provisioning  of  global  calling  card
             services,  and  related validation,  billing  and  payment
             services.   Operating through its World  DirectT  network,
             the  Company originates voice traffic in  88 countries and
             territories  and terminates such traffic anywhere  in  the
             world.    The  Company's  global  services  are  delivered
             through  proprietary routing, application and data  access
             software,  which  run  on the Company's  interactive  call
             processing platform (a "Calling Card Platform ").    Forty
             Calling   Card   Platforms  are  installed  in   strategic
             locations  around  the world where they  connect  directly
             with  national and international telephone  networks.   In
             addition  to  routing  calls, the Company's  Calling  Card
             Platform  validates calls, controls fraud, captures  usage
             information and issues bills with full call details.   The
             Calling  Card  Platform  provides  a  user  interface   in
             multiple  languages for operator assisted  calls  and  the
             Company's   proprietary  billing  software  provides   for
             multiple currency billing.
             
Basis of      The  consolidated financial statements have been  prepared
Presentation  in   accordance  with  United  States  generally  accepted
and           accounting  principles and include  the  accounts  of  the
Consolidation Company  and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.   All material
              intercompany   transactions   and   balances   have   been
              eliminated in consolidation.
             
Foreign      For  subsidiaries whose functional currency is  the  local
Currency     currency  and  which do not operate in highly inflationary
Translation  economies,  all net monetary and non-monetary  assets  and
             liabilities are translated at current exchange  rates  and
             translation  adjustments  are  included  in  stockholders'
             equity.   Revenues  and  expenses are  translated  at  the
             weighted  average  rate for the period.  Foreign  currency
             gains  and losses resulting from transactions are included
             in  the  results of operations in the period in which  the
             transactions occurred.
             
Use of       The  preparation  of  financial statements  in  conformity
Estimates    with  generally  accepted accounting  principles  requires
             management  to make estimates and assumptions that  affect
             the   reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and
             disclosure  of  contingent assets and liabilities  at  the
             date  of  the  consolidated financial statements  and  the
             reported  amounts  of  revenues and  expenses  during  the
             reporting period.  Actual results could differ from  those
             estimates.
              
Financial       Financial  instruments,  which  potentially  subject   the
Instruments     Company   to   concentrations  of  credit   risk   consist
and             principally  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and   trade
Concentrations  accounts receivable.
of Credit 
Risk         The   Company   places   its  cash  and   temporary   cash
             investments    with   quality   financial    institutions.
                                                                     F-9
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                                   Summary of Accounting Policies
                                                                 

               
Financial      Concentrations  of  credit risk  with  respect  to
Instruments    trade  accounts receivable are limited due to  the
and            variety  of  customers and markets which  comprise
Concentrations the  Company's  customer  base,  as  well  as  the
of Credit Risk geographic  diversification of the customer  base.
(cont'd)       The   Company  routinely  assesses  the  financial
               strength  of  its customers and, as a consequence,
               believes   that  its  trade  accounts   receivable
               credit  risk exposure is limited.  Generally,  the
               Company  does  not  require  collateral  or  other
               security to support customer receivables.   As  of
               March 31, 1998, the Company had approximately  21%
               and  25%  in  trade accounts receivable  from  two
               customers.  At March 31, 1998 there were no  other
               significant concentrations of credit risk.
               
               The  Company's customers are permitted  to  choose
               the   currency  in  which  they  pay  for  calling
               services  from among several different  currencies
               determined  by  the Company.  Thus, the  Company's
               earnings  may by materially affected by  movements
               in  the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar  and
               such  other  currencies.   The  Company  does  not
               engage  in  the practice of entering into  foreign
               currency  contracts in order to hedge the  effects
               of foreign currency fluctuations.
               
               The  carrying  amounts  of  financial  instruments
               including  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts
               receivable, accounts payable and accrued  expenses
               approximated  fair value because of the  immediate
               or  short-term maturity of these instruments.  The
               difference  between the carrying amount  and  fair
               value  of  the  Company's long-term  debt  is  not
               significant.
               
Property,      Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost.
Equipment,     Additions,    installation   costs    and    major
Depreciation   improvements   of  property  and   equipment   are
and            capitalized.   Expenditures  for  maintenance  and
Amortization   repairs  are  expensed as incurred.  The  cost  of
               property  and equipment retired or sold,  together
               with  the  related  accumulated  depreciation   or
               amortization,  are  removed from  the  appropriate
               accounts  and  the  resulting  gain  or  loss   is
               included in the statement of operations.
               
               Depreciation  and amortization is  computed  using
               the   straight-line  method  over  the   estimated
               useful  lives  of the related assets ranging  from
               five to twenty years.
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-10
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                                      Summary of Account Policies
                                                                 
                                                                 
             The  Company follows the provisions of the Financial
             Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")  Statement  of
             Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  121
             "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-lived  Assets
             and  for  Long-lived Assets to  Be  Disposed  Of  ".
             Long-lived    assets   and   certain    identifiable
             intangibles  to be held and used by the Company  are
             reviewed  for impairment whenever events or  changes
             in  circumstances indicate that the carrying  amount
             of  an  asset  may not be recoverable.  The  Company
             continuously  evaluates the  recoverability  of  its
             long-lived  assets  based on estimated  future  cash
             flows  from and the estimated liquidation  value  of
             such  long-lived assets, and provides for impairment
             if  such undiscounted cash flows are insufficient to
             recover   the  carrying  amount  of  the  long-lived
             asset.
             
Intangible   Intangible   assets   consist   of   licenses    and
Assets       trademarks   and  organization  costs,   which   are
             recorded at cost.  Amortization is provided  on  the
             straight-line  method over ten  years  for  licenses
             and  trademarks and over five years for organization
             costs.  The carrying value of intangible  assets  is
             periodically reviewed and impairments, if  any,  are
             recognized  when  expected  future  benefit  to   be
             derived  from individual intangible assets  is  less
             than its carrying value.
             
Revenue      Telephone  usage revenue is recognized  as  utilized
Recognition  by  customers.    Billings to  customers  are  based
             upon  established  tariffs  filed  with  the  United
             States  Federal  Communications Commission,  or  for
             usage  outside of the tariff requirements, at  rates
             established by the Company.
             
Taxes on     The  Company  accounts for income taxes  under  SFAS
Income       No.  109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."  Under SFAS
             No.   109,  temporary  differences  are  differences
             between the tax basis of assets and liabilities  and
             their  reported amounts in the financial  statements
             that  will  result in taxable or deductible  amounts
             in future years.
             
Net Earnings At  March 31, 1998, the Company implemented SFAS No.
(Loss) Per   128,  "Earnings  Per Share." SFAS No.  128  provides
Share        for   the   calculation  of  "Basic"  and  "Diluted"
             earnings  per  share.   Basic  earnings  per   share
             includes  no  dilution and is computed  by  dividing
             income  available  to  common  stockholders  by  the
             weighted    average   number   of   common    shares
             outstanding  for the period.  Diluted  earnings  per
             share  reflects the potential dilution of securities
             that  could  share  in the earnings  of  an  entity,
             similar  to  fully diluted earnings per share.   All
             prior  earnings per share data has been restated  to
             reflect  the  requirements of SFAS No.  128.     The
             adoption  of  SFAS  No. 128 had  no  effect  on  the
             Company's  previously reported earnings  per  share.
             See  Note  4 for computation of earnings per  share.
             F-11
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                                   Summary of Accounting Policies
                                                                 
                                
Stock Options The  Company  applies Accounting  Principles  Board
              ("APB")  Opinion 25, "Accounting for  Stock  Issued
              to   Employees,"  and  related  Interpretations  in
              accounting  for all stock option plans.  Under  APB
              Opinion   25,   no  compensation  cost   has   been
              recognized  for stock options granted to  employees
              as  the  option price equals or exceeds the  market
              price  of  the underlying common stock on the  date
              of grant.
              
              SFAS   No.   123,   "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
              Compensation," requires the Company to provide  pro
              forma  information regarding net income  (loss)  as
              if   compensation  cost  for  the  Company's  stock
              option  plans  had  been determined  in  accordance
              with  the  fair  value based method  prescribed  in
              SFAS  No.  123.  To provide the required pro  forma
              information, the Company estimates the  fair  value
              of  each  stock option at the grant date  by  using
              the  Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  See  Note
              7 for required disclosure.
              
Cash          The  Company  considers cash and all highly  liquid
Equivalents   investments purchased with an original maturity  of
              three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Recent          In  June  1997,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  130,
Accounting      "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income,"  and  SFAS  No.
Pronouncements  131,  "Disclosures About Segments of an  Enterprise
                and  Related  Information."  Both are required  for
                financial  statements  in  fiscal  years  beginning
                after  December 15, 1997.  SFAS No. 130 establishes
                standards    for   reporting   and    display    of
                comprehensive    income,   its    components    and
                accumulated  balances.   Comprehensive  income   is
                defined  to  include all changes in  equity  except
                those  resulting from investments by owners.  Among
                other  disclosures, SFAS No. 130 requires that  all
                items  that  are  required to be  recognized  under
                current  accounting  standards  as  components   of
                comprehensive  income be reported  in  a  financial
                statement  that  displays with the same  prominence
                as   other  financial  statements.   SFAS  No.  131
                supersedes  SFAS No. 14, "Financial  Reporting  for
                Segments of a Business Enterprise."  SFAS  No.  131
                establishes  standards  on  the  way  that   public
                companies   report   financial  information   about
                operating  segments in interim financial statements
                issued   to   the  public.   It  also   establishes
                standards  for disclosures regarding  products  and
                services,  geographic  areas and  major  customers.
                SFAS   No.   131  defines  operating  segments   as
                components  of  a  company  about  which   separate
                financial   information  is   available   that   is
                evaluated   regularly   by  the   chief   operating
                decision   maker  in  deciding  how   to   allocate
                resources and in assessing performance.  SFAS  Nos.
                130  and  131  require comparative information  for
                earlier  years  to  be restated.   Because  of  the
                recent issuance
                                                             F-12
                                         Executive Telecard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                                   Summary of Accounting Policies
                                                                 
                                                                 
              of  these standards, management has been unable  to
              fully evaluate the
              impact,  if any, the standards may have  on  future
              financial   statement  disclosures.    Results   of
              operations,  financial  position  and  cash  flows,
              however,  will  be unaffected by implementation  of
              these standards.
              
              In  February  1998, the FASB issued SFAS  No.  132,
              "Employers'  Disclosures about Pensions  and  Other
              Postretirement   Benefits" which  standardizes  the
              disclosure  requirements  for  pensions  and  other
              postretirement  benefits  and  requires  additional
              information  on changes in the benefit  obligations
              and   fair   values  of  plan  assets   that   will
              facilitate  financial analysis.  SFAS  No.  132  is
              effective  for years beginning after  December  15,
              1997  and  requires  comparative  information   for
              earlier   years   to  be  restated,   unless   such
              information  is not readily available.   Management
              believes  the adoption of this statement will  have
              no  material  impact  on  the  Company's  financial
              statements.
              
Reclass-      Certain  consolidated financial amounts  have  been
ifications    reclassified for consistent presentation.
              
                                                                 
           (Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank)
                                
                                                             F-13
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                
1.            Property and equipment at March 31, 1998 and 1997
  Property andconsisted of the following:
              
<TABLE>
Equipment
                                                                
                                                    1998          1997
                                                             
              <S>                               <C>           <C>
              Land                              $192,300      $247,300
              Buildings and improvements         941,458       791,903
              Calling card platform           12,424,718    10,693,487
              equipment
              Operations center equipment      7,142,360     5,544,814
              and furniture
              Call diverters                   1,400,855     1,396,540
              Equipment under capital            949,322     1,713,022
              leases (Note 3)
              Internet communications            563,175       508,297
              equipment
                                                                      
                                              23,614,188    20,895,363
                                                                      
              Less accumulated                11,702,878     8,989,407
              depreciation and
              amortization
                                                                      
                                                       
                                             $11,911,310   $11,905,956
</TABLE>
              Property and equipment at March 31, 1998, and 1997,
              includes certain telephone and office equipment under
              capital lease agreements with an original cost of
              $949,322 and $1,713,022, respectively, and accumulated
              depreciation of $292,995 and $704,966 respectively.
              Certain capital leases were paid off in fiscal 1998.
                                                                 
                                
2.   Accrued    Accrued expenses at March 31, 1998 and 1997 consisted of
    Expenses    the following:
                                                                
<TABLE>
                                                1998          1997
                                                                      
             <S>                            <C>             <C>
             Telephone carriers             $  2,591,511    $1,167,795
             Proxy related litigation              1,063       362,037
             expenses (Note 5)
             Corporate realignment               754,849             -
             expenses
             Legal and professional              320,341       214,964
             fees
             Other                               555,042        63,604
                                                                      
                                            $  4,222,806    $1,808,400
</TABLE>
                                                                      
      The Company incurred various realignment expenses during fiscal
      1998 resulting from the review of operations and activities
      undertaken by new corporate management.  These costs, which
      totaled $3,139,191, include primarily employee severance, legal
      and consulting fees and the write down of certain investments
      made in the Company's Internet service development program.  The
      Company does not anticipate further realignment expenses in the future.
                                                        
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-14
                                                                 
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                                                 
                                
3.   Long-     At March 31, 1998 and 1997, long-term debt consisted
     Term      of the following:
     Debt
<TABLE>
                                            1998         1997
                                                                 
            <S>                           <C>               <C> 
            8.875% unsecured term note             
            payable to a                  $7,062,392        $   -
            telecommunications
            company, interest and
            principal payable August
            22, 1999, net of
            unamortized discount of
            $437,608 (1).
                                                                 
            8% mortgage note, payable        310,000            -
            monthly, including
            interest through March
            2010, with an April 2010
            balloon payment; secured
            by deed of trust on the
            related land and building.
                                                                 
            Capitalized lease                607,209    1,079,697
            obligations (Note 1).
                                                                 
            11% secured term note                  -    9,000,000
            payable to a financial
            institution, paid off in
            fiscal 1998 (2).
                                                                 
            12% unsecured term note                -      500,000
            payable to a stockholder,
            paid off in fiscal 1998
            (3).
                                                                 
                                                                 
            9% mortgage note, payable              -      160,693
            monthly including
            interest, paid off in
            fiscal 1998.
                                                                 
                                                                 
            Total                          7,979,601   10,740,390
                                                                 
            Less current maturities          244,020    1,003,383
                                                                 
            Total long-term debt          $7,735,581  $ 9,737,007
</TABLE>
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-15
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


       (1) In  February 1998, the Company borrowed $7,500,000 from
           a  telecommunications company.  In connection with this
           transaction,  the  lender  was  granted   warrants   to
           purchase  500,000 shares of the Company's common  stock
           at  a price of $3.03 per share.  The warrants expire on
           February  23,  2001.   The  value  assigned   to   such
           warrants  when  granted in connection  with  the  above
           note  agreement was $463,350 and was initially recorded
           as  a discount to long-term debt and is being amortized
           over  the  term  of the note through interest  expense.
           At   March  31,  1998  these, warrants  have  not  been
           exercised.
           
       (2) The   Company  borrowed  $6,000,000  from  a  financial
           institution  in June 1996 pursuant to a  one-year  term
           note.   In  November  1996,  the  Company  obtained   a
           $4,000,000 multiple draw down term loan from  the  same
           institution,  with both loans maturing  in  June  1997.
           In   connection  with  these  borrowings,  the  Company
           issued  warrants  to purchase shares of  the  Company's
           common stock to the lender.
           
           In  June 1997, the Company obtained an extension of the
           $6,000,000  term loan and the $4,000,000 multiple  draw
           loan  until  April 1998 in exchange for the payment  of
           certain  fees, an adjustment of the exercise  price  of
           certain of the  existing  warrants,  the cancellation  of  certain
           warrants   and  the  issuance  of  additional   penalty
           warrants  exercisable if the loans  were  not  paid  by
           specific  dates.  As  a result of  non-payment  of  the
           loans  at  September  30, 1997 and December  31,  1997,
           125,000   and   15,000   of   the   penalty   warrants,
           respectively,   became  exercisable.   The  loans  were
           repaid in February 1998.
           
           As  of  March  31, 1998, total warrants outstanding  in
           connection  with  these  loan agreements  consisted  of
           both  warrants and penalty warrants exercisable by  the
           lender.   The lender holds ten-year warrants  and  ten-
           year  penalty warrants to purchase 166,667 and  140,000
           shares, respectively.  The warrants are exercisable  at
           a  price of $6.61 per share.  Penalty warrants equal to
           125,000  of  the total 140,000 are exercisable  at  the
           lesser  of  $6.61  per  share or 120%  of  the  average
           quoted  price  of the Company's stock for five  trading
           days  before  exercise.  The remaining  15,000  penalty
           warrants  became  exercisable on  January  1,  1998  at
           $0.01   per  share.   The  value  assigned   to   these
           warrants, ($344,038), was recorded to interest  expense
           and  additional  paid-in capital in the fourth  quarter
           of  fiscal  1998. As of March 31, 1998, none  of  these
           warrants have  been exercised.
           
       (3) In   connection  with  this  transaction,  the  Company
           issued  options  to  purchase  50,000  shares  of   the
           Company's  common stock to the stockholder at  a  price
           of  $12.13  per  share. These options expire  June  27,
           1999.   The term note, as originally issued, had a  due
           date  of  December 27, 1997.  During  April  1997,  the
           Company  re-negotiated the note extending the  term  to
           December 27, 1998, adjusting the exercise price of  the
           options  to $6.00 per share and extending the  term  of
           the  options to April 24, 2000.  The incremental  value
           assigned  to  these  revised  warrants  ($108,800)  was
           recorded  to  interest expense and  additional  paid-in
           capital  in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998.   As  of
           March 31, 1998, such options have not been exercised.
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-16
                                                                 
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
          Future  maturities of long-term debt and future minimum
          lease payments under capital lease obligations at March
          31, 1998 are as follows:
<TABLE>
                                        Long-    Capital       
                                        Term
          Year ending March 31,         Debt     Leases     Total
          
          <C>                         <C>         <C>      <C>
          1999                          $ 5,986  $287,243   $293,229
          2000                        7,507,049   205,992  7,713,041
          2001                            7,634   184,315    191,949
          2002                            8,268    30,403     38,671
          2003                            8,954         -      8,954
          Thereafter                    272,109         -    272,109
                                                                    
          Total payments              7,810,000   707,953  8,517,953
                                             
          Less amounts                        -   100,744    100,744
             representing interest
                                                                    
          Principal payments          7,810,000   607,209  8,417,209
                                              
          Less:                                                     
             Current maturities           5,986   238,034    244,020
             Unamortized debt           437,608         -    437,608
          discount
                                                                    
          Total Long-Term Debt       $7,366,406  $369,175 $7,735,581
</TABLE>
                                                                    
                    
                    
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-17
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                                                 
4.    Earnings In  February  1997, SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings  per
      (Loss)   Share," was issued, which required the Company to
      Per      change the method used to calculate earnings  per
      Share    share.   Under  SFAS No. 128, basic earnings  per
               share is calculated as income available to common
               stockholders  divided  by  the  weighted  average
               number  of  common  shares  outstanding.  Diluted
               earnings  per share is calculated as  net  income
               divided by the diluted weighted average number of
               common   shares.  The  diluted  weighted  average
               number  of common shares is calculated using  the
               treasury  stock method for common stock  issuable
               pursuant to outstanding stock options and  common
               stock   warrants.   Common  stock   options   and
               warrants of 203,782 were not included in diluted
               earning  (loss) per share in 1998 as  the  effect
               was  antidilutive due to the Company recording  a
               loss for the year.
               
               Options and warrants to purchase 2,049,315 shares
               of  common stock at exercise prices from $3.00 to
               $6.94  per  share were outstanding at  March  31,
               1998 but were not included in the computation  of
               diluted  earnings per share because the  exercise
               prices were greater than the average market price
               of  the  common shares.  Options and warrants  to
               purchase  821,087  shares  of  common  stock   at
               exercise  prices from $5.75 to $14.88  per  share
               were  outstanding at March 31, 1997 but were  not
               included  in the computation of diluted  earnings
               per   share  because  the  exercise  prices  were
               greater  than  the average market  price  of  the
               common  shares. Options and warrants to  purchase
               562,029 shares of common stock at exercise prices
               from  $6.00  to $11.98 per share were outstanding
               at  March 31, 1996 but were not included  in  the
               computation of diluted earnings per share because
               the exercise prices were greater than the average
               market price of the common shares.  The following
               is  provided to reconcile the earnings per  share
               calculations:


      Balance of page intentionally left blank.
             


F-18
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                 
<TABLE>
                                                            
                                           Year ended March 31,
                                       1998        1997        1996
                                                                       
         <S>                        <C>            <C>       <C>
Basic earnings (loss) per share:                                       
                                                                       
      Numerator                                                        
         Net earnings (loss)        $(13,289,910)  $773,952  $2,852,852
      Denominator                                                      
         Weighted average shares      17,082,495 15,861,240  15,791,965
outstanding
                                                                       
      Per share amounts                                                
         Basic earnings (loss)            $(0.78)     $0.05       $0.18
                                                                       
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:                                     
                                                                       
      Numerator                                                        
         Net earnings (loss)        $(13,289,910)  $773,952  $2,852,852
      Denominator                                                      
         Weighted average shares     17,082,495  15,861,240  15,791,965
           outstanding
         Effect of dilutive                                            
           securities
         Options and                          -     297,390      16,925
           warrants
                                                                       
         Weighted average common     17,082,495  16,158,630  15,808,890
            shares and assumed
            conversions
            outstanding
                                                                       
      Per share amounts                                                
         Diluted earnings (loss)        $ (0.78)     $ 0.05       $0.18
</TABLE>
                                                            
                                                                 
5.   Proxy       The Company, its former auditors, certain of its present
     Related     and  former  directors and others were defendants  in  a
     Litigation  consolidated securities class action which alleged  that
     and         certain  public filings and reports made by the Company,
     Settlement  including  its Forms 10-K for the 1991, 1992,  1993  and
     Costs       1994  fiscal  years  (i)  did  not  present  fairly  the
                 financial condition of the Company and its earnings; and
                 (ii) failed to disclose the role of a consultant to  the
                 Company.
              
              The  Company  and  its auditors vigorously  opposed  the
              action,  however,  the Company decided  it  was  in  the
              stockholders'  best  interest to  curtail  costly  legal
              proceedings and settle the case.
                                                             F-19
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                                                      
              The Company is required under the Stipulation of
              Settlement dated April 2, 1998
              to  issue  350,000 shares of its common stock  into  a
              Settlement  Fund  that  will be  distributed  among  the
              Class.  The Company has also agreed to pay up to $50,000
              for  reasonable  expenses incurred  in  connection  with
              providing notice to the Class and administration of  the
              settlement.  The settlement is expected to be  finalized
              by calendar year end.  Settlement becomes effective only
              upon  entry  of a final judgment by the Court  and  upon
              entry   of  final  judgments  in  two  related  Delaware
              Actions,  and upon the expiration of the time to  appeal
              or  upon  exhaustion of appellate review in this action,
              were any appeal to be taken.
              
              As a result of the above action and related matters, the
              Company  recorded $3,900,791 and $528,421 in  costs  and
              expenses during the years ended March 31, 1998 and March
              31,  1997.   Included in the fiscal  1998  amount  is  a
              charge  of  $3,500,000 which was recorded in the  fourth
              quarter and represents the value assigned to the 350,000
              shares  of  common stock referred to above,  which  have
              been valued at $10.00 per share pursuant to the terms of
              the  settlement  agreement. Such value  relates  to  the
              Company's  obligation to issue additional stock  if  the
              market  price of the Company's stock is less than $10.00
              per  share during the defined periods.  The Company  has
              no  obligation to issue additional stock  if  its  share
              price  is above $10.00 per share for fifteen consecutive
              days  during  the two year period after all shares  have
              been distributed to the Class.

6.   Related  The Company has transactions with stockholders primarily
     Party    in  the  ordinary  course of business  as  customers  or
              vendors.  Such transactions are not significant  to  the
Transactions  operations of the Company and as of March 31,  1998  and
              1997,  $0 and $175,114, respectively, was due from  such
              stockholders.

7. Stockholders'  Common and Preferred Stock
   Equity
              On  May  14,  1996, the Board of Directors authorized  a
              stock  split,  effected  in the  form  of  a  10%  stock
              dividend, payable to stockholders of record on August 5,
              1996.    On  June  30,  1995,  the  Board  of  Directors
              authorized a stock split, effected in the form of a  10%
              stock  dividend, payable to stockholders  of  record  on
              August 10, 1995. All references to common share and  per
              share  amounts in the accompanying financial  statements
              have  been restated to reflect the effect of these stock
              dividends.  Also on May 14, 1996, the Board of Directors
              adopted certain resolutions which were approved  by  the
              Company's   stockholders  to  increase  the  number   of
              authorized  shares  of common stock from  20,000,000  to
              100,000,000.   The Company's stockholders also  approved
              the  authorization of  the issuance of a  new  class  of
              5,000,000  shares  of  preferred stock.   The  preferred
              stock of the Company
                                                             F-20
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


             can  be  issued in series.  With respect to  each  series
             issued,  the  Board  of Directors  of  the  Company  will
             determine,  among other things, the number of  shares  in
             the  series, voting rights and terms, dividend rates  and
             terms,   liquidation  preferences  and   redemption   and
             conversion  privileges.   There was  no  preferred  stock
             outstanding at March 31, 1998.
             
             On  June  3,  1997, the Board of Directors  approved  the
             sale  of  1,425,000 shares of the Company's common  stock
             for   $7,500,000   to   one  individual.    Proceeds   of
             $3,000,000  from  the sale were used to reduce  long-term
             debt.   The  remainder  of  the  proceeds  was  used  for
             working  capital  or  invested in obligations  through  a
             financial institution.
             
             Employee Stock Option and Appreciation Rights Plan
             
             On  December 14, 1995, the Board of Directors adopted the
             Employee  Stock Option and Appreciation Rights Plan  (the
             "Employee  Plan"), expiring December 15, 2005,  reserving
             for  issuance  1,000,000 shares of the  Company's  common
             stock.   The  Employee Plan was amended and  restated  in
             its  entirety  in fiscal 1998, including an  increase  in
             the  number  of shares available for grant to  1,750,000,
             an increase of 750,000 shares.
             
             The  Employee Plan provides for grants to key  employees,
             advisors  or consultants to the Company at the discretion
             of  the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors,
             stock  options to purchase common stock of  the  Company.
             The   Employee  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  both
             "incentive  stock options," as defined  in  the  Internal
             Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and nonqualified  stock
             options.   Options  that are granted under  the  Employee
             Plan  that  are  incentive  stock  options  may  only  be
             granted  to  employees (including employee-directors)  of
             the  Company.  Stock options granted under  the  Employee
             Plan  must have an exercise price equal in value  to  the
             fair  market  value, as defined, of the Company's  common
             stock  on  the date of grant.  Any options granted  under
             the  Employee Plan must be exercised within ten years  of
             the date they were granted.
             
             Under   the  Employee  Plan,  Stock  Appreciation  Rights
             ("SAR's")  may  also  be granted in connection  with  the
             granting  of an option and may be exercised  in  lieu  of
             the  exercise of the option.  A SAR is exercisable at the
             same   time   or  times  that  the  related   option   is
             exercisable.  The Company will pay the SAR in  shares  of
             common  stock equal in value to the excess  of  the  fair
             market  value,  at the date of exercise, of  a  share  of
             common  stock  over  the exercise price  of  the  related
             option.   The exercise of a SAR automatically results  in
             the  cancellation of the related option on  a  share-for-
             share basis.
                                                             F-21
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
               

              During  the  fiscal  years  1998,  1997  and  1996,  the
              Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors granted
              options  to purchase an aggregate of 1,584,629,  439,600
              and 612,920, respectively, shares of common stock to its
              employees  under  the Employee Plan at  exercise  prices
              from  $2.32 to $3.12 per share for 1998, $5.75 to  $9.00
              per  share  for  1997 and $5.45 to $6.59 per  share  for
              1996.   The employees were also granted SAR's in  tandem
              with  the  options  granted to them in  connection  with
              grants prior to December 5, 1997.
              
           Directors Stock Option and Appreciation Rights Plan


           On  December 14, 1995, the Board of Directors  adopted
           the  Directors  Stock  Option and Appreciation  Rights
           Plan  (the  "Director  Plan"), expiring  December  14,
           2005.   There  are  870,000 shares  of  the  Company's
           common  stock reserved for issuance under the Director
           Plan.   The Director Plan was amended and restated  in
           its  entirety  in  fiscal year 1998  so  that  it  now
           closely resembles the Employee Plan.  In fiscal  1998,
           the  Director  Plan  was amended  so  that  grants  of
           options  to  directors are at the  discretion  of  the
           Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee.   In
           November  1997, each director (other than  members  of
           the  Compensation Committee) was granted  two  options
           under  the  Director  Plan, each  to  purchase  10,000
           shares   of  common  stock  with  each  option   being
           effective for five years commencing on April  1,  1998
           and  1999, respectively, and with each option  vesting
           only   upon   the  achievement  of  certain  corporate
           economic   and   financial  goals.    Prior   to   the
           amendments   to  the  Director  Plan,  each   director
           received an automatic grant of ten year options and  a
           corresponding SAR to purchase 10,000 shares of  common
           stock  on  the  third  Friday  in  December  in   each
           calendar year.
           
           During  the  fiscal  years 1998, 1997  and  1996,  the
           Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors
           confirmed  the automatic grant of options to  purchase
           85,000,  60,000  and 66,000, respectively,  shares  of
           common   stock  to  its  directors  pursuant  to   the
           Company's  Director Plan at exercise prices  of  $2.63
           and  $2.69  per  share for 1998, $5.75 per  share  for
           1997  and $5.45 per share for 1996 which was equal  to
           the  fair  market value of the shares on the  date  of
           grant.   The options are exercisable for a  period  of
           ten  years so long as the director remains  with
           the  Company.   The directors were also granted SAR 
           in tandem with options granted  to
           them for all grants prior to November 10, 1997.
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-22
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                                                 
               
           Warrants
           
           In  connection with the issuance of debt, the Board of
           Directors  granted warrants to purchase  an  aggregate
           of  981,667,  466,667  and 150,000  shares  of  common
           stock,  respectively, during fiscal years  1998,  1997
           and  1996,  at exercise prices ranging from  $0.01  to
           $6.61  per  share for 1998, $7.88 to $14.88 per  share
           for  1997 and $5.45 for 1996.  As a result of the  10%
           stock  split, in 1996, certain warrants were  increased
           from  50,000 to 55,000.  During fiscal 1998 and  1997,
           466,667  and  100,000, respectively, of  the  warrants
           granted  above  were cancelled as  the  terms  of  the
           related  debt  were  renegotiated.   See  Note  3  for
           further discussion of terms.  Subsequent to year  end,
           the  terms of 55,000 warrants to purchase common stock
           were revised as discussed in Note 13.
           
           In  fiscal  1998  and  1997  the  Board  of  Directors
           granted  warrants to purchase an aggregate  of  91,200
           and  238,800 shares of common stock, respectively,  to
           non-affiliates at exercise prices of $2.75  per  share
           for  1998  and $6.88 to $6.98 for 1997.  The  warrants
           are  exercisable for periods ranging  from  12  to  18
           months.
                                                                 
           SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation"
           requires  the Company to provide pro forma  information
           regarding net income (loss) and net earnings (loss) per
           share  as if compensation costs for the Company's stock
           option plans and other stock awards had been determined
           in  accordance with fair value based method  prescribed
           in  SFAS No. 123.  The Company estimates the fair value
           of  each stock award by using the Black-Scholes option-
           pricing   model  with  the  following  weighted-average
           assumptions  used for grants in 1998,  1997  and  1996,
           respectively:  no  expected  dividend  yields  for  all
           years;  expected volatility of 55%, 65% and 69%;  risk-
           free  interest  rates of 5.82%, 5.91%  and  5.18%;  and
           expected lives of 2 years, 1.5 years and 1.5 years  for
           the Plans and stock awards.
             
             
                                                             F-23
                                                                 
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                 
               
             Under  the accounting provisions for SFAS  No.  123,
             the  Company's  net earnings (loss) and earnings (loss)per share
             would  have been decreased by the pro forma  amounts
             indicated below:
                                                            
<TABLE>
                             1998           1997         1996
                    
     <S>                <C>                <C>       <C>
Net earnings (loss)                                            
     As reported        $(13,289,910)      $733,952  $2,852,852
                                   
     Pro forma          $(13,457,713)      (801,214)  1,080,620
                                         
                                                               
Earnings (loss)  per                                        
share
    Basic:
       As reported           $(0.78)         $0.05        $0.18
  
       Pro forma             $(0.79)        $(0.05)       $0.07
                                                               
    Diluted:                                                   
        As reported          $(0.78)         $0.05        $0.18
        Pro forma             (0.79)         (0.05)        0.07
</TABLE>
                    
                                                                 
               During  the  initial phase-in period of  SFAS  No.
               123,  the  effect  on pro forma  results  are  not
               likely to be representative of the effects on  pro
               forma  results  in future years  since  the  above
               numbers  do  not  include the  effect  of  options
               granted prior to December 1995.
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-24
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                                                 

                                                                 
A summary of the status of the Company's stock option plans and
outstanding warrants as of March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and
changes during the years ending on those dates is presented
below:

<TABLE>
                         1998              1997              1996

                    Number  Weighted  Number  Weighted  Number   Weighted
                        of  Average    of     Average     of     Average
                    Shares  Exercise  Shares  Exercise  Shares   Exercise
                            Price             Price              Price
                                                                        
<S>              <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>     <C>      <C>
Outstanding,     1,706,832   $6.58  1,000,042   $5.55   545,977  $2.05-10.89
beginning of  year                                               
Granted          2,710,096    $3.47   849,267   $7.64   843,920  $5.45-6.59
Expired           (986,091)   $6.87  (141,644)  $5.52  (374,150) $2.05-8.16
Exercised         (18,348)    $5.75      (833)  $5.26  (15,705)  $2.05-5.29
                                                                        
Outstanding,end   3,412,489   $3.96  1,706,832  $6.58 1,000,042  $2.05-10.89
of year                                                          
Exercisable,end   1,875,860   $5.02  1,302,095  $6.78 1,000,042  $2.05-10.89
of year                                                          
                                                                        
Weighted average      $1.41              $1.85            $2.31          
fair value of                 
options and
warrants granted 
the year
</TABLE>


The following table summarizes information about stock options
and warrants outstanding at March 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
                                
                               Outstanding           Exercisable
                 Range of   Weighted   Weighted   Weighted  Weighted
                 Exercise    Average  Remaining    Average  Remaining  
                  Prices      Number  Contractual   Number  Contractual
                         Outstanding     Life    Exercisable   Life    
                                                                   
                  <C>         <C>          <C>      <C>        <C>
                  $0.01       15,000       9.75     15,000     9.75
                  $2.11-   2,167,629       4.35    631,000     3.30
                   3.13            
                  $5.29-     521,163       7.29    521,163     7.29
                   5.91
                  $6.00-     708,697       5.16    708,697     5.16
                   6.94
                                                                   
     Total        $0.01-   3,412,489       5.87  1,875,860     5.76
                   6.94            
</TABLE>
                                
                                                                 
                                                             F-25
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


8.   Taxes on  The  Company  has undertaken a study to  simplify  its
      Income   organizational  and  tax  structure  and has identified
               potential  international tax  issues.   In  connection
               with this study, the Company realized it had potential
               tax   liabilities  and  recorded  an  additional   tax
               provision of $1,500,000 in  the fourth quarter of 1998
               to reserve against liabilities which might arise under
               the  existing  structure.   The  Company's  study   is
               continuing   and  the  eventual  outcome   cannot   be
               predicted  with  certainty.  No tax claims  have  been
               asserted against the Company.
               
<TABLE>
               Taxes on income for the
                  years ended March 31, consisted of the following:
   
                                        1998       1997       1996
                                                                     
               <S>                    <C>          <C>        <C>
               Current:                                              
                   Federal                 $  -   $ 70,000  $ 230,000
                   Foreign              140,000    166,000     64,000
                   State                      -     12,000     20,000
                   Other              1,500,000          -          -
                                                                     
                                                                     
               Total Current          1,640,000    248,000    314,000
                                                                     
               Deferred:                                             
                    Federal         (1,830,000)  (584,000)  (315,000)
                    State             (163,000)   (52,000)   (28,000)
                                                                     
                                    (1,993,000)  (636,000)  (343,000)
               Change in             1,993,000    636,000    343,000
                  valuation
               allowance
                                                                     
               Total                 $1,640,000   $248,000   $314,000

</TABLE>
                                                             F-26
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                 

8.   Taxes     As of March 31, the net deferred tax asset recorded
     on        and its approximate tax effect consisted of the
     Income    following:
     (con't.)
<TABLE>
                                                                
                                      1998        1997        1996
               <S>                 <C>         <C>         <C>
               Net operating loss          
               carry-forwards      $3,496,000  $3,036,000  $2,085,000
                      
               Nondeductible        1,295,000           -     314,000
               expense accurals
               Other                  269,000      31,000      32,000
                                                                     
                                    5,060,000   3,067,000   2,431,000
               Valuation           (5,060,000) (3,067,000) (2,431,000)
               allowance                    
                                                                     
               Net deferred tax            
               asset                      $ -         $ -         $ -

</TABLE>
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-27
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                 
                                                                 
                 As  of  March  31,  1998, a valuation  allowance
                 equal  to  the net deferred tax asset recognized
                 has  been recorded, as management of the Company
                 has  not been able to determine that it is  more
                 likely than not that the deferred tax asset will
                 be   realized  based  in  part  on  the  foreign
                 operations  and  availability of  the  operating
                 loss  carryforwards  to  offset  only  U.S.  tax
                 provisions.
                 
                 For  the  years ended March 31, 1998, 1997,  and
                 1996,  a  reconciliation of  the  United  States
                 Federal statutory rate to the effective rate  is
                 shown below:
<TABLE>
                    
                                       1998      1997      1996
                                                               
                 <S>                <C>         <C>       <C>
                 Federal tax        (34.0%)     34.0%     34.0%
                 (benefit)
                 computed at
                 statutory rate

                 State tax            (1.0)       1.0       1.0
                 (benefit),
                 net of
                 federal tax
                 benefit

                 Effect of             19.0    (74.0)    (14.0)
                 foreign
                 operations

                 Additional            17.0         -         -
                 taxes

                 Change in              5.0      62.0    (11.0)
                 valuation
                 allowance
                                                               
                                                               
                 Total                14.0%     23.0%     10.0%
                    
</TABLE>
                 As  of  March  31,  1998, the  Company  has  net
                 operating   loss  carryforwards   available   of
                 approximately $9,450,000 which can offset future
                 years  U.S.  taxable income.  Such carryforwards
                 expire  in  various years through 2013  and  are
                 subject to limitation under the Internal Revenue
                 Code of 1986, as amended.
                    
                    
                                                                 
                                                             F-28
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                 
                                                                 
9. Segment          The Company is engaged in one business segment
   Information        - Telecommunications Services.
                         
<TABLE>
                         The following table presents information about
                            the Company by geographic area:
                                      Asia      North                
                        Europe     Pacific     America    Other     Totals
        <S>          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
                                                                        
        1998                                                       
        Revenue      $2,907,851 $10,880,552 $17,205,572 $2,128,812 $33,122,767
                                                                        
        Operating            
        Income        $(513,038)$(1,881,140)$(2,964,220) $(342,026)$(5,700,424)
        (loss)                                                  
                                                                        
        Identifiable          
        Assets       $4,880,910  $7,169,872 $9,852,242     $997,432 $22,900,456
                                                                        
                                                                        
        1997                                                       
        Revenue      $6,169,378 $10,574,659 $13,247,167   $4,003,171 $33,994,375

        Operating
        Income         
        (loss)       $  512,886  $1,204,632    $882,492   $(176,446)  $2,423,564
                                                                        
        Identifiable          
        Assets       $6,744,909  $4,734,010 $11,636,603    $564,164  $23,679,686
                                                                        
                                                                        
        1996                                                       
        Revenue       $8,600,644 $9,153,873  $8,636,057  $3,907,654  $30,298,228
                                                                        
        Operating                                                  
        Income
        (loss)        $1,386,829 $1,145,898    $(68,332)   $632,614   $3,097,009
                                                                        
       Identifiable          
       Assets         $5,225,110 $3,659,245  $6,578,431  $1,269,288  $16,732,074
</TABLE>
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                             F-29
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<TABLE>
                    For the years ended March 31, revenues from
                    significant customers consisted of the
                    following:
                                           1998      1997     1996
                                                                  
                    <S>                     <C>       <C>       <C>
                    Customer:                                     
                    A                       18%       15%       2%
                    B                       14%        9%       8%
                    C                       11%       12%      15%
                    D                       11%        7%       3%
</TABLE>
                                                                 
            Employment Agreements
10.  Commitments    
     and              The  Company  and  certain of  its  subsidiaries  have
     Contingencies    agreements  with  certain key  employees  expiring  at
                      varying  times over the next three years.  The Company's
                      remaining aggregate commitment at March 31, 1998 under
                      such agreements is approximately $810,000.
               
               The  Company and its subsidiaries are also parties  to
               various other legal actions and various claims arising
               in the ordinary course of business.  Management of the
               Company  believes that the disposition of  such  other
               actions and claims will not have a material effect  on
               the  financial  position, operating  results  or  cash
               flows of the Company.
               
               Carrier Arrangements
               
               The  Company has entered into agreements with  certain
               long-distance carriers in the United States  and  with
               telephone  utilities in various foreign  countries  to
               transmit    telephone   signals    domestically    and
               internationally.   The Company is  entirely  dependent
               upon  the cooperation of the telephone utilities  with
               which it has made arrangements for its operational and
               certain  of  its  administrative  requirements.    The
               Company's  arrangements  are  nonexclusive  and   take
               various  forms.   Although some of these  arrangements
               are  embodied in formal contracts, a telephone utility
               could  cease to accommodate the Company's arrangements
               at  any time.  The Company does not foresee any threat
               to   existing   arrangements  with  these   utilities,
               however,  depending upon the location of the telephone
               utility,  such  action could have a  material  adverse
               affect  on the Company's financial position, operating
               results or cash flows.
               
               Lease Agreements
               
               The  Company  leases office space and equipment  under
               various  operating  leases.  As  of  March  31,  1998,
               remaining  minimum  annual  rental  commitments  under
               noncancelable operating leases are as follows:
                                                                 F-30
                                                                 
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<TABLE>
                                                                 
                    Year Ended March 31,
                    Total
                                                                      
                        <C>                                 <C>
                        1999                                $  609,428
                        2000                                   384,861
                        2001                                   204,934
                        2002                                    39,596
                        2003                                    41,000
                        Thereafter                             113,105
                                                                     
                                                            $1,392,924
</TABLE>
                                                                 
                   Rent expense for the years ended March 31,
                   1998, 1997 and 1996 was approximately
                   $616,000, $406,000 and $197,000, respectively.
                    
11. Government    The  telephone  calling  card  industry  is  highly
      Regulations competitive  and  subject to  extensive  government
                  regulations, both in the United States and  abroad.
                  Pursuant  to  the Federal Communications  Act,  the
                  Federal   Communications  Commission   ("FCC")   is
                  required  to  regulate the telephone  communication
                  industry  in the United States.  Under current  FCC
                  policy,  telecommunication carriers, including  the
                  Company, who resell the domestic services of  other
                  carriers  and  who  do  not  own  telecommunication
                  facilities of their own, are considered to be  non-
                  dominant and, as a result, are subject to the least
                  rigorous regulation.  Telecommunications activities
                  are also subject to government regulations in every
                  country  throughout  the world.   The  Company  has
                  numerous   licenses,   agreements,   or   equipment
                  approvals in foreign countries where operations are
                  conducted.   To  date,  the Company  has  not  been
                  required to comply or been notified that it  cannot
                  comply  with any material international regulations
                  in   order   to   pursue  its   existing   business
                  activities.  There  can be no assurances,  however,
                  that   in  the  current  United  States  regulatory
                  environment,  including the present  level  of  FCC
                  regulations, that the Company will continue  to  be
                  considered  non-dominant and that  various  foreign
                  governmental  authorities will not seek  to  assert
                  jurisdiction  over  the Company's  rates  or  other
                  aspects  of  its  calling services.   Such  changes
                  could  have  a  material  adverse  affect  on   the
                  Company's financial condition, operating results or
                  cash flows.
                  
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-31
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                                                 
12.    Fourth The  Company  recorded  in the fourth  quarter  certain
  Quarter     adjustments  relative to warrants issued in  connection
  Adjustments with  debt,  proxy related litigation settlement  costs
              and taxes amounting to an aggregate of $5,479,000 which
              are  discussed in Notes 3, 5 and 8 to the  consolidated
              financial statements.
              
13.           On June 17, 1998, the Company, IDX International, Inc.,
  Subsequent  a  privately held company located in Northern  Virginia
       Events ("IDX"),  EXTEL Merger Sub No. 1, Inc., a  wholly-owned
              subsidiary  of  the  Company ("Merger  Sub"),  and  the
              stockholders  of IDX (the "Stockholders") entered  into
              an  Agreement  and  Plan  of Merger  (the  "IDX  Merger
              Agreement"), pursuant to which IDX will merge with  and
              into  Merger  Sub, with Merger Sub being the  surviving
              corporation   and  thereby  becoming   a   wholly-owned
              subsidiary of the Company (the "Merger").  The name  of
              the  surviving  corporation will be IDX  International,
              Inc.
              
              The  IDX  Merger  Agreement provides that  all  of  the
              shares  of  common  stock, no par  value  ("IDX  Common
              Stock"),  and all of the shares of preferred stock,  no
              par  value,  of IDX, issued and outstanding immediately
              prior  to  the effective time of the Merger  (excluding
              any  treasury  shares),  shall be  converted  into  and
              exchanged  for, in the aggregate, the right to  receive
              (a)  500,000  shares of Series B Convertible  Preferred
              Stock,  par  value  $.0001 per share, convertible  into
              2,500,000 shares of common stock of the Company at  the
              end   of   one  year  ("Company  Convertible  Preferred
              Stock"),  and  warrants  to purchase  up  to  2,500,000
              shares  of  common  stock  of the  Company  subject  to
              achieving certain revenue and cash flow objectives  and
              (b)  $5,000,000  in  cash,  decreased  based  upon  the
              satisfaction of certain indebtedness of IDX  and  other
              amounts  to  be  deducted as provided for  in  the  IDX
              Merger Agreement.  The warrants are convertible only to
              the  extent that IDX achieves certain revenue and  cash
              flow  goals  over the twelve months following  closing.
              The  Company has also guaranteed a price of  $8.00  per
              share  to  recipients of the Company's common stock  at
              the   date  the  preferred  stocks  and  warrants   are
              convertible,  subject to IDX's achievement  of  certain
              revenue and cash flow objectives.
                                                                     


              The  Company  has also executed letters  of  intent  to
              acquire,  subject to obtaining financing, substantially
              all  of  the assets of two other companies.   The  cash
              element  of  the aggregated purchase prices  for  these
              potential acquisitions is approximately $3,500,000  and
              liabilities  to  be  assumed,  principally   long-term,
              aggregate  $4,650,000.  In addition, the  Company  will
              issue 375,000 warrants to purchase common stock.
                                                                     
                                                                     
                                                                     
                                                                     
                                                                 F-32
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                                                 
              In  June 1998, the Company borrowed $1.0 million from an
              existing  stockholder.   The  loan  bears  interest  at
              8.875%  and  is  payable in December 1999.   Under  the
              terms   of  the  agreement,  the  stockholder  received
              warrants to purchase 67,000 shares of common stock at a
              price  of $3.03 per share, exercisable for a period  of
              three   years.   The  stockholder  also   received   as
              consideration for the loan the repricing and  extension
              of a warrant for 55,000 shares which is now exercisable
              on  or before February 29, 2001 at a price of $3.75 per
              share.
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                 Balance of page intentionally
left blank
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-33
                                                                 
                                         Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                                                 
                  Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                                                 
                                                                 
<TABLE>
                                                                 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts


                             Balance    Charged               Balance
                                  at         to
                           Beginning   Cost and               at End of
Description                of Period   Expenses  Deductions     Period
                                                        
                                                                     
                                                                     
<S>                          <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Year Ended March 31, 1998    $372,988  $1,433,939 $334,730  $1,472,197
                                                                     
                                                                     
Year Ended March 31, 1997    $625,864     $55,122 $307,998    $372,988
                                                                     
                                                                     
Year Ended March 31, 1996    $818,052    $264,559 $456,747    $625,864
</TABLE>
                                                                     



















                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                             F-34



ITEM  9  -  Changes  in  and Disagreements  with  Accountants  on
Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None.

Executive TeleCard, Ltd.

Part III

ITEM 10 - Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

     Set forth below are the names of all Directors and executive
officers of the Company, all positions and offices held  by  each
such  person, the period during which each person has  served  as
such,  and the principal occupations and employment of each  such
person during the last five years:

Directors and Executive Officers

      CHRISTOPHER  J. VIZAS, age 48, has been a Director  of  the
Company  since October 25, 1997 and the Chairman of the Board  of
Directors  since  November 10, 1997.  Mr.  Vizas  served  as  the
Company's acting Chief Executive Officer from November  10,  1997
to  December 5, 1997, on which date he became the Company's Chief
Executive Officer.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Vizas was a
co-founder  of,  and  since October 1995,  has  served  as  Chief
Executive  Officer of Quo Vadis International, an investment  and
financial   advisory   firm.   Prior   to   forming   Quo   Vadis
International,  he  was  Chief Executive  Officer  of  Millennium
Capital  Development,  a  merchant  banking  firm,  and  of   its
predecessor  Kouri Telecommunications & Technology.   From  April
1987  to 1992, Mr. Vizas served as Vice Chairman of Orion Network
Systems, Inc., a satellite communications company ("Orion"),  and
served  as  a Director of Orion from 1982 until 1992.  Mr.  Vizas
has held various positions in the United States government.

      EDWARD J. GERRITY, JR., age 74, has been a Director of  the
Company  since  its inception.  He is a business  consultant  and
President  of Ned Gerrity & Associates, a consulting firm,  begun
in  1985.   Mr.  Gerrity  has  also served  as  Chairman  of  the
Company's  Board of Directors.  Mr. Gerrity served as an  officer
of  ITT  Corp. from 1961 to 1985.  While at ITT Corp., he  was  a
member  of the Management Policy Committee, Director of Corporate
and  Government Relations on a worldwide basis and a Director  of
several  ITT  Corp. subsidiaries.  He retired from ITT  Corp.  in
February  1985.   Mr.  Gerrity  was  the  President  of  American
National Collection Corp., a New York corporation, from  1993  to
1995  and  he  was a director of Residual Corporation  from  1987
until  October  1994.   See  "Certain Relationships  and  Related
Transactions" below.

     ANTHONY BALINGER, age 44, has been a Director of the Company
since March 15, 1995.  He served as the Company's President  from
April  25,  1995  to  November 10, 1997 and also  served  as  the
Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer  from  January  3,  1997  to
November 10, 1997.  On November 10, 1997, he was appointed Senior
Vice  President and Vice Chairman of the Company.   Mr.  Balinger
has  held a variety of positions at the Company since his arrival
in September 1993, including Chief Operating Officer and Director
of  the  Company's Asia-Pacific Operations.  Mr. Balinger started
his  career  in  1971 with British Telecom as a  digital  systems
design  engineer.   In  1983,  he joined  the  Cable  &  Wireless
Federation,  an international alliance of companies that  provide
telephone,  cable and wireless operations in over  50  countries,
where  he performed much of the early design work for the Mercury
Communications Optical Fiber National Digital Network.  In  1989,
Mr.  Balinger moved to New York where he headed the  Banking  and
Finance division for Cable & Wireless Americas, Inc. from 1989 to
1992.  In 1992, while still at Cable & Wireless, Mr. Balinger was
appointed International Product Manager for Optus Communications,
where he remained until he joined the Company.  Mr. Balinger is a
Director and 45% stockholder of Executive Card Services  HK  Ltd.
which  provides printing services to an affiliate of the  Company
in   Hong   Kong.    See  "Certain  Relationships   and   Related
Transactions" below.

      DAVID W. WARNES, age 51, has been a Director since June 30,
1995.   He  currently holds the positions of President and  Chief
Executive   Officer   of   Vitacom,  which   provides   satellite
communications in the Far East and Latin America,  a  company  he
joined  in October 1995 as Chief Operating Officer.  From  August
1994  until  October  1995  he  was Assistant  Managing  Director
(Deputy  CEO) of Tele2, Sweden, a member of the Cable &  Wireless
Federation.   From  1992 to 1994, Mr. Warnes was  Vice  President
Operations of Tele2, and in that role launched card services  for
Tele2   with   the  Company.   Mr.  Warnes  has   been   in   the
telecommunications industry since 1962.  From 1962  to  1992,  he
held various management positions at Mercury Communications Ltd.,
Cable    &    Wireless    and   Commonwealth   Telecommunications
Organization.  Mr. Warnes is a Chartered Engineer, is a Fellow of
the   Institute   of  Electrical  Engineers  and  has   extensive
telecommunications engineering experience.

      RICHARD  A.  KRINSLEY, age 67, has been a Director  of  the
Company since June 30, 1995.  Mr. Krinsley retired in 1991 as the
Executive  Vice  President and Publisher of  Scholastic  Inc.;  a
publicly held company traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.   He  is
presently,  and  has  been since 1991, a member  of  Scholastic's
Board  of  Directors.  While employed by Scholastic between  1983
and  1991, Mr. Krinsley, among many other duties, served on  that
company's management committee.  From 1961 to 1983, Mr.  Krinsley
was   employed  by  Random  House  where  he  held,  among  other
positions,  the  post  of Executive Vice  President.   At  Random
House,  Mr.  Krinsley  also  served on that  company's  executive
committee.

      JAMES O. HOWARD, age 55, has been a Director of the Company
since January 16, 1998.  Since 1990, Mr. Howard has served as the
Chief  Financial Officer and a member of the management committee
of Benton International, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Perot
Systems  Corporation.  From 1981 to 1990, Mr. Howard was employed
by Benton International, Inc. as a consultant and sector manager.
Prior  to joining Benton International, Inc., Mr. Howard  held  a
number  of  legal positions in the federal government,  including
General  Counsel  of the National Commission on Electronic  Funds
Transfer.

      MARTIN  SAMUELS, age 54, has been a Director of the Company
since   October  25,  1997.   Mr.  Samuels  is  an  entrepreneur,
strategic  business planner and professional investor  with  over
twenty years of experience.  Mr. Samuels' current project is  Y2K
Strategies Corp. ("YSC"), a liaison company that Mr. Samuels   co
founded in 1997.  Mr. Samuels is a principal, director and senior
vice  president  of  YSC.  Mr. Samuels' responsibilities  at  YSC
include  identifying, negotiating with and contracting  with  the
Year  2000  service  providers and systems integrators  that  YSC
assists  with their marketing, proposal development  and  ongoing
business   relationship  management.    YSC   also   works   with
significant   public   and   private   sector   institutions   in
identifying,   coordinating  and  fulfilling  their   Year   2000
remediation requirements.

     DONALD H. SLEDGE, age 57, has been a Director of the Company
since November 10, 1997.  Mr. Sledge has served as vice chairman,
President  and  Chief Executive Officer of TeleHub Communications
Corp.,  a  privately held technology development  company,  since
1996.  Mr. Sledge served as President and Chief Operating Officer
of  West Coast Telecommunications, Inc., a long distance company,
from 1994 to 1995.  From 1993 to 1994, Mr. Sledge was employed by
New  T&T,  a  Hong Kong-based company, as its head of operations.
Mr.  Sledge  was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of  Telecom
New  Zealand  International from 1991 to 1993  and  the  Managing
Director  of  Telecom New Zealand International's  largest  local
carrier  from 1988 to 1991.  Mr. Sledge is currently Chairman  of
the  Board  of  United  Digital Network,  a  small  interexchange
carrier  that operates primarily in Texas, Oklahoma, Arizona  and
California.   Mr. Sledge is a member of the Board of Advisors  of
DataProse  and  serves  as a director of AirCell  Communications,
Inc.  He also serves as advisor and board member to several small
technology-based start-up companies.

      JOHN  E. KOONCE, age 56, has been a Director of the Company
since  March 27, 1998.  In April 1998 Mr. Koonce was also engaged
to serve as a financial advisor to the Company (see "Compensation
of  Directors"  below).   Mr. Koonce served  as  Chief  Financial
Officer  of Orion from 1990 to 1993.  During 1981-89, Mr.  Koonce
was  employed  by Biotech Capital Corporation and its  successor,
Infotechnology,  Inc. where he served in the positions  of  Chief
Financial  Officer  and President.  During  this  time,  he  also
served  on  the  boards of several public and private  companies.
Prior  to  1981, Mr. Koonce worked for the accounting firm  Price
Waterhouse at various domestic and foreign offices.

      ALLEN  MANDEL, age 59, was named Senior Vice  President  in
1991 and a Director of the Company in 1990.  He resigned from the
Board of Directors on March 29, 1995 and as Senior Vice President
on  August  18,  1995 in connection with the then  ongoing  proxy
contest.  Mr. Mandel was engaged to serve as a consultant to  the
Company concerning accounting and financial matters on August 18,
1995  and was renamed an officer of the Company on September  27,
1995,  when  he  became Executive Vice President  -  Finance  and
Administration  and Chief Financial Officer,  in  which  post  he
served  until  December  1997.  Mr. Mandel  currently  serves  as
Senior  Vice  President, Corporate Affairs of the  Company.   Mr.
Mandel  is  a Certified Public Accountant.  He was an officer  of
Residual  Corporation  from 1991 to  March  1995.   See  "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions" below.

      COLIN  SMITH,  age  54, was named Vice President  of  Legal
Affairs  and General Counsel of the Company on February 1,  1998.
From  1972 to February 1998, Mr. Smith was a professor of law  at
the  New  England  School  of Law.  Mr. Smith's  areas  of  legal
expertise include business organizations, dispute resolution  and
practice management.  In addition to his teaching, Mr. Smith also
ran  a private consulting practice that specialized in issues  of
corporate governance and entrepreneurial ventures.

      RONALD  A.  FRIED,  age  38, was named  Vice  President  of
Development  of  the  Company on February  20,  1998.   Prior  to
joining  the  Company, Mr. Fried worked for a subsidiary  of  Sun
Healthcare Group, Inc. (formerly Regency Health Services) as Vice
President  of  Business Development from January  1997  to  March
1998.   Mr. Fried served as the Director of Development for Vitas
Healthcare  Corporation from June 1992  to  January  1997.   From
March  1983  to  May  1985.  Mr.  Fried  worked  as  Director  of
Regulatory  Affairs  for a subsidiary of Orion,  Orion  Satellite
Corporation.

      ANNE HAAS, age 47, was appointed Vice President, Controller
and Treasurer of the Company on October 21, 1997. Ms. Haas served
as  the  Vice  President of Finance of Centennial  Communications
Corp.,  a  start-up multi-national two way radio company,  during
1996-97.   From  1992 to 1996 Ms. Haas served  as  Controller  of
Quark,  Inc.,  a  multi-national  desk  top  publishing  software
company.  Prior to 1992, Ms. Haas worked for the accounting  firm
of Price Waterhouse in San Jose, California and Denver, Colorado.

      Directors  are elected annually and hold office  until  the
next  annual  meeting of stockholders and until their  successors
are  elected  and  qualified.  Executive Officers  serve  at  the
pleasure  of  the  Board  or until the  next  annual  meeting  of
stockholders.   There  are  no family relationships  between  the
Company's Directors and Executive Officers.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

     Section  16(a)  of the Exchange Act requires  the  Company's
executive  officers and directors, and persons who own more  than
ten  percent of the common stock of the Company, to file  reports
of  ownership  and changes in ownership with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission and the exchange on which the common stock is
listed  for  trading.  Those persons are required by  regulations
promulgated  under the Exchange Act to furnish the  Company  with
copies  of  all  reports filed pursuant to Section  16(a).  Based
solely upon its review of the copies of such reports furnished to
the Company by its directors and officers during and with respect
to  the  fiscal year 1998, the Company believes that all  reports
were submitted on a timely basis.

ITEM 11 - Executive Compensation

The   following table summarizes the compensation for  the  three
fiscal  years  ended  March 31, 1998,  1997   and   1996  of  the
Company's   Chief  Executive  Officer   and   the   most   highly
compensated   other executive officers whose total annual  salary
and bonus exceed $100,000.

<TABLE>
                                                           Long-Term
                                                          Compensation
                          Annual Compensation                Awards
                                            Other                 Securities
                                           Annual     Restricted  Underlying
Name and               Salary    Bonus   Compensation   Stock    Options/SARs
Principal       Year    ($)       ($)        ($)       Awards ($)      (#)
Position                                                     
<S>              <C>  <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
Christopher
  J. Vizas       1998  $62,308    $0         $0           $0         520,000
CEO(1)           1997        0     0          0            0               0
                 1996        0     0          0            0               0
Anthony Balinger 1998 $150,000    $0         $0           $0          84,310
 Senior   Vice
 President       1997  109,612  8,000     28,500       7,875          50,000
 and Vice
 Chairman(2)     1996   86,673      0     27,000           0          11,000
Allen   Mandel   1998 $105,000     $0         $0          $0          87,676
Senior  Vice     1997  105,404      0          0           0          40,000
President  (3)   1996  101,635      0          0           0          55,000
</TABLE>
______________________________
(1)Mr.  Vizas has served as the Company's Chief Executive Officer
since  December 5, 1997.  From November 10, 1997  to  December
5,  1997,  Mr.  Vizas  served as the  Company's  acting  Chief
Executive   Officer.   Mr. Vizas' employment agreement   provides
for  a  base salary of $200,000, performance based bonuses  of up
to   50%   of   base   salary and options to   purchase   up   to
500,000 shares, subject to various performance criteria.      See
"Employment   Agreements  and  Termination  of   Employment   and
Change in Control Arrangements."

  (2) Mr.  Balinger served as the Company's President from  April
  1995  until  November 10, 1997.  Mr. Balinger served  as  Chief
  Executive Officer from January 3, 1997 through November 10, 1997.
  Amounts shown as Other Annual Compensation consist of an annual
  housing allowance paid to Mr. Balinger while he resided in Hong
  Kong and while he resides in the United States.

(3) Mr. Mandel has served as the Company's Senior Vice President,
Corporate  Affairs  of  the Company          since  December  31,
1997.    Mr.  Mandel  served  as the  Company's  Executive   Vice
President   -  Finance  and Administration and  Chief   Financial
Officer  from September 27, 1995 until December 31, 1997.     Mr.
Mandel's   employment agreement provides for a  base  salary   of
$105,000.

Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year

      The  following table sets forth the information  concerning
individual grants of stock options and stock appreciation  rights
("SARs")  during  the  last fiscal year  to  each  of  the  named
Executive Officers during such period.
<TABLE>
Individual Grants
                             Percent of                           Potential Realizable
                 Number of   Total                                Value at Assumable
                 Securities  Options/SARs   Exercise              Annual Rates of Stock
                 Underlying  Granted to     or Base               Price Appreciation for
                 Options/SARs Employees in  Price      Expiration Option Term
                 Granted(#)(1) Fiscal Year(2) ($/share) Date       5%           10%
<S>               <C>           <C>           <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>                            <C>
Christopher   J. 200,000       12.06%         $2.32     12/05/02  $126,408  $281,022
Vizas  (3)
                  20,000        1.21%         $2.625    12/05/02     6,541    22,002
                                               
                 150,000        9.04%         $3.50     12/05/02         0    33,766
                                                
                 150,000        9.04%         $4.50     12/05/02         0         0
                                               
Anthony Balinger  84,310        5.08%         $2.625    11/10/02    61,145   135,114                        4
Allen  Mandel     87,676        5.29%         $2.32     12/05/02    55,415   123,194
                                               
</TABLE>
(1)  All  of the options and related SARs granted in fiscal  1998
to the named Executive Officers have a five year term.

(2)  A  total  of 1,669,629 options were granted to employees  of
     the Company in fiscal 1998.

(3)  On  December  5,  1997, in connection  with  his  employment
agreement,   Mr.   Vizas has been granted a  total   of   500,000
options        with  a  five  year  term,  subject   to   various
performance    criteria.    See   "Employment   Agreements    and
Termination   of Employment   and   Change      in    Control
     Arrangements."

Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
and Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values

      The  following table sets forth information concerning each
exercise of stock options during the last fiscal year by each  of
the  named  Executive Officers during such fiscal  year  and  the
fiscal year end value of unexercised options.

<TABLE>
              Shares
              Acquired          Number of Securities
                 on    Value   Underlying Unexercised    Value of Unexercised
              Exercise Realized   Options/SARs at       "In-the-Money" Options
Name             (#)     ($)   Fiscal Year-End(#)(1)(2)   Fiscal Year-End($)(2)
                          Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable  
<S>              <C>     <C>   <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>
Christopher J.   0       0     450,000     70,000     $  148,950    $63,410
Vizas
Allen Mandel     0       0      87,676          0     $   87,062    $     0
Anthony          0       0      10,000     74,310     $    6,880    $51,125
Balinger                                         
</TABLE>
(1)  Represents the aggregate number of stock options held as  of
March   31,   1998,  including those which can and  those   which
cannot be exercised pursuant to the terms and provisions  of  the
Company's current stock option plans.

(2)  Values   were   calculated   by  multiplying   the   closing
transaction   price  of the common stock as   reported   on   the
Nasdaq   National  Market on March 31, 1998 of  $3.3125  by   the
respective  number of shares of common stock and subtracting  the
exercise  price  per  share,  without  any  adjustment  for   any
termination or vesting contingencies.

Compensation of Directors

     Effective November 10, 1997, and contingent upon the Company
experiencing  a fiscal quarter of profitability, members  of  the
Board  receive a Director's fee of $500 for each regular  meeting
and committee meeting attended. Directors of the Company are also
reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with attendance at
Board meetings.

     During the fiscal years ended 1995, 1996 and 1997, under the
Company's  1995  Directors Stock Option and  Appreciation  Rights
Plan  (as amended, the "Directors Stock Option Plan"), which then
provided  for automatic annual grants, each Director received  an
annual grant of ten year options to purchase 10,000 shares at  an
exercise  price equal to the fair market value of  the  Company's
common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.   Commencing  with   the
amendments to the Directors Stock Option Plan which were approved
by  the Company's stockholders at the 1997 annual meeting held on
February  26,  1998,  options to Directors may  be  made  at  the
discretion  of  the Board of Directors or Compensation  Committee
and there are no automatic grants.

      Effective November 10, 1997, each Director who continued to
serve  on the Board after subsequent stockholder meetings  (other
than  members  of  the Compensation Committee)  was  granted  two
options  under the Directors Stock Option Plan, each to  purchase
10,000  shares  of common stock with each option being  effective
for  five  years  terms commencing on April  1,  1998  and  1999,
respectively,  with  each  such  option  vesting  only  upon  the
achievement of certain corporate economic and financial goals  to
be  set by the Board and having an exercise price per share equal
to the market price per share at the close of trading on the date
they become effective.

      On  November  10,  1997, each of Messrs.  Gerrity,  Warnes,
Krinsley,  Balinger,  Sledge and Samuels received  an  option  to
purchase 10,000 shares of common stock exercisable at $2.625  per
share,  the  fair market value on the date of the  grant.   These
options  vest  on October 1, 1998 if the Company achieves  a  20%
increase in annual gross revenues for the period October 1,  1997
through September 30, 1998 and are for a term of five years.   In
addition, Mr. Sledge was granted an option on November  10,  1997
to  purchase 20,000 shares of common stock at $2.625  per  share,
the  fair market value on the date of the grant, which vested  on
the  grant  date and has a term of five years.  Also on  November
10, 1997, Mr. Balinger was granted new options to purchase 74,310
shares of common stock exercisable at $2.625 per share, the  fair
market  value  on  the  date of the grant, in  exchange  for  the
surrender  of  options  previously  issued  to  Mr.  Balinger  to
purchase  the same number of shares of common stock.  On December
5,  1997,  Mr.  Samuels was granted an option to  purchase  5,000
shares of common stock at $2.625 per share, the fair market value
on  the date of the grant, which vested on the grant date and has
a term of five years.

      In  connection with his new employment agreement  with  the
Company,  on December 5, 1987, Mr. Vizas was granted  options  to
purchase  an  aggregate of 500,000 shares of  common  stock  that
superseded  all  other option grants that Mr. Vizas  received  as
either  an  officer or director of the Company.  See  "Employment
Agreements  and Termination of Employment and Change  in  Control
Arrangements" below.

       Following   the  February  26,  1998  annual  meeting   of
stockholders,  each  of  the present  members  of  the  Board  of
Directors,  except  for  Messrs.  Vizas  and  Balinger,  received
options  to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock.  Such options
have  a term of five years commencing on April 1, 1998, with each
such   option  vesting  only  upon  the  achievement  of  certain
corporate economic and financial goals to be set by the Board and
having  an  exercise price per share equal to $3.19,  the  market
price per share at the close of trading on April 1, 1998.

      On  April  16,  1998, Mr. Balinger was granted  options  to
purchase  an  aggregate of 10,000 shares of common  stock.   Such
options have a term of five years and vest in three equal  annual
installments,  beginning in April 16, 1999, at an exercise  price
per  share equal to $3.68, the fair market value on the  date  of
the grant.

Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment and Change in
Control Arrangements

     Effective December 5, 1997, the Company entered into a three
year  employment agreement with Christopher J. Vizas,  the  Chief
Executive   Officer  of  the  Company.   Mr.  Vizas'   employment
agreement  provides for a minimum salary of $200,000  per  annum,
reimbursement  of  certain  expenses,  annual  bonuses  based  on
financial  performance targets to be adopted by the  Company  and
Mr.  Vizas, and the grant of options to purchase an aggregate  of
500,000 shares of common stock.  The options granted to Mr. Vizas
pursuant to his employment agreement are comprised of options  to
purchase  50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise  price  of
$2.32  which vested upon their grant, options to purchase  50,000
shares  of common stock at an exercise price of $2.32 which  vest
on  December  5,  1998  (contingent  upon  Mr.  Vizas'  continued
employment  as of such date), options to purchase up  to  100,000
shares  of common stock at an exercise price of $2.32 which  vest
on  December  5,  1998  (contingent  upon  Mr.  Vizas'  continued
employment  as  of  such  date  and  the  attainment  of  certain
financial performance targets), options to purchase 50,000 shares
at  an  exercise  price of $3.50 which vest on December  5,  1999
(contingent  upon  Mr.  Vizas' continued employment  as  of  such
date),  options to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common  stock
at  an  exercise  price of $3.50 which vest on December  5,  1999
(contingent upon Mr. Vizas' continued employment as of such  date
and  the  attainment  of certain financial performance  targets),
options  to purchase 50,000 shares at an exercise price of  $4.50
which  vest  on  December  5, 2000 (contingent  upon  Mr.  Vizas'
continued employment as of such date), and options to purchase up
to  100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of  $4.50
which  vest  on  December  5, 2000 (contingent  upon  Mr.  Vizas'
continued  employment  as  of such date  and  the  attainment  of
certain financial performance targets).  Each of the options have
a term of five years.

      Mr.  Vizas'  employment agreement  provides  that,  if  the
Company terminates Mr. Vizas' employment other than pursuant to a
"termination for cause", Mr. Vizas shall continue to receive, for
one  year  commencing on the date of such termination,  his  full
base  salary,  any bonus that is earned after the termination  of
employment,  and  all  other benefits and compensation  that  Mr.
Vizas  would have been entitled to under his employment agreement
in the absence of termination of employment (the "Vizas Severance
Amount").   "Termination for cause" is defined as termination  by
the  Company  because of personal dishonesty, willful misconduct,
breach  of  fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional
failure  to perform stated duties, willful violation of any  law,
rule,  or  regulation (other than traffic violations  or  similar
offenses),  or material breach of any provision of his employment
agreement.

      In  the  event there is an early termination of Mr.  Vizas'
employment  following a "change of control," Mr. Vizas  would  be
entitled  to  a  lump cash payment equal to the  Vizas  Severance
Amount.    Additionally,  if  during  the  term  of  Mr.   Vizas'
employment  agreement  there  is a "change  in  control"  of  the
Company  and  in connection with or within two years  after  such
change  of  control the Company terminates Mr. Vizas'  employment
other  than "termination for cause," all of the options described
above will vest in full to the extent and at such time that  such
options would have vested if Mr. Vizas had remained employed  for
the remainder of the term of his employment agreement.  A "change
of  control"  is  deemed  to have taken  place  under  Mr.  Vizas
employment  agreement,  among other things,  if  (i)  any  person
becomes  the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the total  number
of  voting  shares  of the Company; (ii) any person  becomes  the
beneficial owner of 10% or more, but less than 20%, of the  total
number of voting shares of the Company, if the Board of Directors
makes  a determination that such beneficial ownership constitutes
or will constitute control of the Company; or (iii) as the result
of  any  business combination, the persons who were directors  of
the Company before such transaction shall cease to constitute  at
least two-thirds of the Board of Directors.

      On September 22, 1997, the Company entered into a new three
year employment agreement with Anthony Balinger.  Pursuant to his
new  employment agreement, Mr. Balinger served as  the  Company's
President  and  Chief Executive Officer until November  10,  1997
when  he  resigned  that position and was appointed  Senior  Vice
President  and  Vice  Chairman of the  Company.   Mr.  Balinger's
employment  agreement provides for a minimum salary  of  $150,000
per  annum, reimbursement of certain expenses, a $1,600 per month
housing  allowance, and payment for health, dental and disability
insurance  and various other benefits.  Mr. Balinger's employment
agreement  also  provides for payment of one year  severance  pay
paid out over time, relocation to the Philippines, buy-out of his
auto  lease  and a 90 day exercise period for his vested  options
after  termination if the Company terminates Mr. Balinger without
"cause."   "Cause" is defined as any criminal conviction  for  an
offense  by Mr. Balinger involving dishonesty or moral turpitude,
any  misappropriation of Company funds or property or  a  willful
disregard  of any directive of the Company's Board of  Directors.
This   employment   agreement  superseded  a   prior   employment
agreement.

On   September 22, 1997, the Company entered into a  three   year
employment agreement  with  Allen Mandel  pursuant to  which  Mr.
Mandel   agreed   to  serve as a Senior  Vice  President  of  the
Company. Mr. Mandel's employment agreement provides for a minimum
salary    of    $105,000   per annum, reimbursement   of  certain
expenses    and   payment  for   health,  dental  and  disability
insurance  and  various other benefits.  Mr. Mandel's  employment
agreement  also provides for payment of one  year  severance  pay
paid  out  over  time and  a  90  day exercise  period   for  his
vested   options  after termination if Mr. Mandel  is  terminated
without "cause."    In  addition,  if  Mr.   Mandel is terminated
without  "cause," his  obligation  to repay a 1991 loan from  the
Company   in  the  amount  of    $25,000   would   be   forgiven.
"Cause"  is defined  as  any  criminal  conviction  for   an
offense  by  Mr. Mandel involving dishonesty  or moral turpitude,
any  misappropriation of Company funds or property or  a  willful
disregard   of   any  directive   of  the  Company's   Board   of
Directors.   This   employment  agreement  superseded   a   prior
employment  agreement.  Compensation  Committee  Interlocks   and
Insider Participation None.

Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation

The   Compensation Committee is  responsible  for approving   all
compensation   for  senior   officers  and   employees,    making
recommendations  to  the Board with respect to the grant of stock
options  and   eligibility requirements, including  grants  under
and   the   requirements of  the  Company's stock  option   plans
and   may   make  grants  to directors under the Directors  Stock
Option  Plan.  The  Compensation  Committee believes   that   the
actions   of   each  executive  officer  have  the  potential  to
impact the short-term and long-term profitability  of the Company
and   considers    the  impact   of   each  executive   officer's
performance  in   designing   and administering   the   executive
compensation program.

      During  the  fiscal  year  1998,  the  Company,  under  the
direction the Company's new Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer
(retained  in  December 1998), hired a number  of  new  executive
officers.  Compensation for new executive officers was negotiated
with  each officer.  The Compensation Committee has obtained  two
salary   surveys,   obtained  by  the  Company,   regarding   the
compensation  practices of other companies in the  communications
or  related  industries  and  believes  that  the  new  executive
officers'  compensation is consistent with  salary  surveys.   In
setting compensation, the Compensation Committee adhered  to  the
following philosophy, objectives and policies:

      Philosophy  and Objectives.  The purpose of  the  Company's
executive  compensation program is to: (i) attract, motivate  and
retain  key executives responsible for the success of the Company
as  a whole; (ii) increase stockholder value; (iii) increase  the
overall  performance  of  the  Company;  and  (iv)  increase  the
performance of the individual executive.

       Executive   Compensation   Policies.    The   Compensation
Committee's  executive  compensation  policies  are  designed  to
provide   competitive  levels  of  compensation  that   integrate
compensation   with  the  Company's  short-term   and   long-term
performance  goals,  reward above-average corporate  performance,
recognize individual initiative and achievements, and assist  the
Company  in  attracting and retaining qualified executives.   The
two  salary  surveys, indicate that the levels of  the  executive
officers' overall compensation is to be at or below the mid range
of  salaries  of  similarly  situated senior  executives  in  the
communications   or  related  industries.  In   determining   the
incentive  portions of executive compensation levels,  particular
factors  apart  from industry comparables which the  Compensation
Committee   believes  are  important  are  growth  in   revenues,
completion  of  the  Company's financing plans,  or  other  major
transactions or corporate goals, implementation of the  Company's
strategic plan and, on a longer term basis, growth in stockholder
value measured by stock price.

      The Company's executive compensation structure is comprised
of  base  salary,  annual  cash  performance  bonuses,  long-term
compensation  in  the  form of stock option grants,  and  various
benefits,   including  medical,  and  other  benefits   generally
available to all employees of the Company.

      Base  Salary.  In establishing appropriate levels  of  base
salary,  the  Compensation  Committee  negotiated  with  its  new
executives, considering their functions, the significant level of
commitment  required to move the Company to the next  level,  the
size  and  growth  rate of the Company and  other  factors.   The
Compensation Committee has obtained the salary surveys of similar
companies in the local area.  According to the surveys, executive
base  salaries  for fiscal 1998 generally were in the  mid  range
salary levels of similarly sized companies in similar industries.

        During    fiscal   1998,   the   Compensation   Committee
established  the salary level for the Company's new Chairman  and
Chief  Executive  Officer, Christopher J. Vizas. See  "Employment
Agreements" below for applicable detail.

       Annual  Performance  Bonuses.   During  fiscal  1998,  the
Compensation Committee placed increased reliance on cash  bonuses
as   a   significant  portion  of  compensation  for  executives.
Generally,  potential bonuses have ranged up to 50% of  a  senior
executive's  annual base salary and are paid on an  quarterly  or
annual  basis.  The actual amount of a bonus grant is  determined
based  upon  performance criteria detailed in written performance
goals  established  based  upon discussions  between  the  senior
executive   and  the  Company's  human  resource  and/or   senior
management.   Performance  criteria include  the  achievement  of
financial  targets  expressed in gross revenues  and  EBITDA  and
other  criteria  based  upon the Company's  performance  and  the
individual's achievements during the course of the year.

       Salary  Increases  and  Bonus  Awards:   The  Compensation
Committee  expects that future salary increases and bonuses  will
be  based  on  performance, either by the Company  or  individual
performance by the executive officer.

       Stock   Options  and  Stock  Appreciation   Rights:    The
Compensation  Committee expects that stock options will  continue
to play an important role in executive officer compensation.  The
Compensation Committee has decided not to grant any  more  tandem
stock appreciation rights with stock options.  The members of the
Committee   believe  that  stock  options  not   only   encourage
performance  by the Company's executive officers but  they  align
the  interests  of  the  Company's executive  officers  with  the
interests  of  the Company's stockholders.  The number  of  stock
options  granted to each senior executive officer  is  determined
subjectively,  both at the time such executive is  hired  by  the
Company and subsequently for performance achievement, based on  a
number  of factors, including the individual's anticipated degree
of  responsibility, salary level, performance milestones achieved
and  stock  option awards by other similarly sized communications
or  related  companies.  Stock option grants by the  Compensation
Committee generally are under the Company's employee stock option
and  appreciation rights plan at the prevailing market value  and
will  have  value  only if the Company's stock  price  increases.
Grants made by the Compensation Committee generally vest in equal
annual  installments over the five year grant period;  executives
must  be employed by the Company at the time of vesting in  order
to  exercise the options.  Option grants to Messrs. Vizas, Mandel
and Balinger are discussed above under "Employment Agreements and
Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements."

      Employment Agreements.  In September 1997, the Compensation
Committee  authorized  new  employment  agreements  with  Messrs.
Mandel  and Balinger.  In exchange for three year commitments  to
the  Company, the new agreements provide these two officers  with
varying   degrees   of   specified  benefits,   including   life,
disability,  health  and dental insurance,  retirement  benefits,
post-employment    relocation   costs    and    travel    expense
reimbursements.  The agreements with both officers are  described
above  under "Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment
and Change in Control Arrangements."  The salaries and other cash
compensation  were  based upon the officers' previous  employment
agreements and negotiations with the officers.

      In December 1997, the Compensation Committee authorized  an
employment  agreement  with  Mr. Vizas  in  connection  with  his
retention  as  Chief Executive Officer.  The compensation  levels
reflected  in  Mr.  Vizas'  employment agreement  were  based  on
negotiations  with  Mr.  Vizas  and  information  on  appropriate
compensation  levels for the position obtained from an  executive
search  firm  retained  by the Company to  help  locate  a  chief
executive officer.  Mr. Vizas' employment agreement reflects  the
increased emphasis placed by the Compensation Committee on  stock
options  that are tied to performance as a component of executive
officer  compensation.  Mr. Vizas' employment agreement  provides
for  the  grant  of options to purchase up to 500,000  shares  of
common  stock, of which 60% are tied to the attainment of certain
financial performance targets.

ITEM  12  -  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners  and
Management

Security Ownership of Management

      The following table sets forth the number and percentage of
shares  of the Company's common stock owned beneficially,  as  of
May  31,  1998,  by each Director and executive  officer  of  the
Company,  and  by  all Directors and executive  officers  of  the
Company  as  a group.  Information as to beneficial ownership  is
based upon statements furnished to the Company by such persons.

<TABLE>
Name and Address         Number of Shares    Percent of
of Beneficial Owner      Owned of Record     Common stock
                         and Beneficially(1) Outstanding (2)

<S>                      <C>                       <C>
Christopher J. Vizas     110,000 (3)               *
2000 Pennsylvania
Avenue, N.W.
Suite 4800
Washington, D.C.  20006

Edward J. Gerrity, Jr.   91,791 (4)                *
7 Sunset Lane
Rye, New York  10580

Anthony Balinger         75,310 (5)                *
450 Tappan Road
Norwood,   New   Jersey
07648

David W. Warnes          21,000 (6)                *
1330 Charleston Road
Mountain          View,
California  94043

Richard A. Krinsley      75,182 (7)                *
201 West Lyon Farm
Greenwich,  Connecticut
06831

Martin L. Samuels        62,000 (8)                *
3675 Delmont Avenue
Oakland,     California
94605

Donald H. Sledge         20,000 (9)                *
2033 N. Main Street
Suite 340
Walnut           Creek,
California  94043

James O. Howard          10,000 (10)               *
2601   Airport   Drive,
Suite 370
Torrance,    California
90505

John E. Koonce                0 (11)               0%
11416 Empire Lane
Rockville,     Maryland
20852

Allen Mandel             37,132 (12)               *
9362  S. Mountain Brush
Street
Highlands   Ranch,
Colorado  80126

Colin Smith                   0 (13)               0%
1720  S. Bellaire Street
Denver, Colorado
80222

Ronald A. Fried               0 (14)               0%
1720  S.  Bellaire  Street
Denver,  Colorado
80222

Anne Haas                5,000 (15)                *
1720  S.  Bellaire  Street
Denver,  Colorado
80222

All   Named   Executive  507,415 (16)           2.93 %
Officers  and Directors
as        a       Group
(13 persons)
________________________
* Less than 1%
</TABLE>
(1)In  accordance  with  Rule 13d-3 under  the  Exchange  Act,  a
person  is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security  if he
or  she  has  or shares the power to vote  or  direct  the
voting  of  such security or the power to dispose or direct   the
disposition of such security.  A person is also deemed  to  be  a
beneficial owner of any securities of which that person  has  the
right  to  acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days  from  May
31,   1998.   More  than one person may  be  deemed   to   be   a
beneficial  owner of the same securities.  All  persons  shown in
the  table  above have sole voting and  investment  power, except
as  otherwise indicated.  This table includes shares   of  common
stock  subject  to outstanding options granted  pursuant  to  the
Company's option plans.

(2)For  the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of each
beneficial   owner, any securities which were   not   outstanding
but   which   were  subject  to  options,  warrants,  rights   or
conversion  privileges   held  by   such   beneficial   owner
exercisable   within 60 days were deemed to be   outstanding   in
determining  the percentage owned by such person, but  were   not
deemed  outstanding in determining the percentage owned  by   any
other person.

(3)Includes  options to purchase 70,000 shares  of  common  stock
exercisable  within  60  days from May  31,  1998. Does  not
include   options  to purchase 460,000 shares of   common   stock
which are not exercisable within such period.

(4)Includes  1,100 shares held by Mr. Gerrity as  a  trustee  and
options   to  purchase 85,691 shares of common stock  exercisable
within  60  days from May 31, 1998.  Does not include  options to
purchase   20,000   shares  of common   stock   which   are   not
exercisable within such period.

(5)Includes  options to purchase 74,310 shares  of  common  stock
exercisable  within  60  days from May  31,  1998. Does  not
include   options  to purchase 30,000 shares  of   common   stock
which are not exercisable within such period.

(6)Consists   solely   of  options  to  purchase   common   stock
   exercisable  within  60  days from May  31,  1998.   Does  not
include   options  to purchase 20,000 shares  of   common   stock
which are not exercisable within such period.

(7)Includes  options to purchase 21,000 shares  of  common  stock
exercisable  within  60  days from May  31,  1998. Does  not
include   options  to purchase 20,000 shares  of   common   stock
which are not exercisable within such period.

(8)Includes  56,000  shares  held by Mr.  Samuels  as  an  estate
executor  and  options to purchase 5,000 shares of common   stock
exercisable  within  60  days from May  31,  1998. Does  not
include   options  to purchase 20,000 shares  of   common   stock
which are not exercisable within such period.

(9)Consists   solely   of  options  to  purchase   common   stock
   exercisable  within  60  days from May  31,  1998.   Does  not
include   options  to purchase 20,000 shares  of   common   stock
which are not exercisable within such period.

(10)Consists   solely  of  options  to  purchase   common   stock
   exercisable  within  60  days from May  31,  1998.   Does  not
include   options  to purchase 10,000 shares  of   common   stock
which are not exercisable within such period.

(11)Does  not include options to purchase 75,000 shares of common
stock   which are not exercisable within 60 days from   May   31,
1998.

(12)Includes  options to purchase 29,222 shares of  common  stock
exercisable  within  60  days from May  31,  1998. Does  not
include   options  to purchase 68,454 shares  of   common   stock
which are not exercisable within such period.

(13)Does  not   include  options to purchase  100,000  shares  of
common   stock  not  exercisable within 60 days  from   May   31,
1998.

(14)Does  not   include  options to purchase  100,000  shares  of
common   stock  not  exercisable within 60 days  from   May   31,
1998.

(15)Consists   solely  of  options  to  purchase   common   stock
exercisable   within  60  days from May  31,  1998.    Does   not
include   options  to purchase 25,000 shares  of   common   stock
which are not exercisable within such period.

(16)  Includes options to purchase 341,223 shares of common stock
exercisable within 60 days from May 31, 1998.  Does not   include
options   to  purchase  968,454  shares  of  common   stock   not
exercisable within such period.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

      The following table sets forth the number and percentage of
shares  of the Company's common stock owned beneficially,  as  of
May 31, 1998, by any person who is known to the Company to be the
beneficial owner of 5% or more of such common stock.  Information
as  to beneficial ownership is based upon statements furnished to
the Company by such persons.
<TABLE>
                         Number of Shares     Percent of
Name and Address         Owned of Record      Common stock
of Beneficial Owner      and Beneficially(1)  Outstanding (2)

<S>                         <C>                  <C>
Ronald L. Jensen            1,425,000            8.2%
5215 N. O'Connor, #300
Irving, Texas 75039

Network   Data   Systems    1,351,536            7.8% Limited(3)
44 The Fairways II
Cranberry Village
Colingwood, Ontario  L9Y4S9
</TABLE>

(1)In  accordance  with  Rule 13d-3 under  the  Exchange  Act,  a
person  is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security  if he
or  she  has  or shares the power to vote  or  direct  the voting
of  such  security  or  the  power  to  dispose  or  direct   the
disposition of such security.  A person is also deemed  to  be  a
beneficial owner of any securities of which that person  has  the
right  to  acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days  from  May
31,   1998.   More  than one person may  be  deemed   to   be   a
beneficial  owner of the same securities.  All  persons  shown in
the  table  above have sole voting and  investment  power, except
as otherwise indicated.

(2)For  the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of each
beneficial   owner, any securities which were   not   outstanding
but   which   were  subject  to  options,  warrants,  rights   or
conversion    privileges   held  by   such    beneficial    owner
exercisable   within 60 days were deemed to be   outstanding   in
determining  the percentage owned by such person, but  were   not
deemed  outstanding in determining the percentage owned  by   any
other person.

(3)Includes  options to purchase 200,000 shares of common  stock.
Also   includes  308,386 shares of the Company's   common   stock
owned   by  Residual Corporation ("Residual") (58.0% of   531,700
shares).    NDS  is the stockholder of record of 58.0%   of   the
outstanding shares of Residual.  If all of the 531,700  shares of
the Company owned by Residual were included, the number of shares
held   by  NDS  would  increase  to  1,574,850  (9.0%).  NDS  has
disclaimed   beneficial ownership of  all  of  the  shares  owned
by   Residual in its statement filed with  the  Company. If  none
of   the  shares  owned  by Residual were  included,   NDS  would
beneficially own 1,043,150 shares (6.0%).

ITEM 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

      The Company was formed in 1987 as a wholly owned subsidiary
of  International 800 Telecom Corp., a publicly  traded  company,
which  changed its name to Residual Corporation in February 1994.
The  Company became a public company in March 1989 by  way  of  a
dividend in kind of Residual's common stock.

      In  January  1989,  the Company entered  into  a  ten  year
agreement  with  Residual (the "Service Agreement")  pursuant  to
which   Residual  provided  the  Company  with  essentially   all
personnel,  office  space and other facilities  required  by  the
Company  for  general  and  operational administrative  purposes,
excluding  attorneys  fees, accounting fees, marketing  expenses,
advertising  and  promotion, stockholder  relations  and  certain
other items.  Salaries of the Company's executive officers in the
United  States in fiscal 1995 were paid by Fintel Services,  Inc.
("Fintel"), which was then a wholly-owned subsidiary of Residual.
Pursuant  to the Service Agreement, the Company was obligated  to
pay Residual 10% of its annual gross revenue per year until 1999.

      Pursuant  to an Agreement for Sale and Purchase  of  Assets
dated as of March 31, 1995 between the Company and Residual  (the
"Asset  Purchase Agreement"), the Company acquired  substantially
all  of  the  subsidiaries  of Residual,  including  Fintel,  and
certain  intellectual  property rights including  trademarks  and
service  marks  relating to those companies.  Because  the  Asset
Purchase  Agreement effected a transfer of the Service  Agreement
to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, the Company, through
its  subsidiary, became responsible for payment of  salaries  and
bonuses  to its Executive Officers.  The Asset Purchase Agreement
prohibited Residual from competing with the Company for six years
and  from  soliciting the Company's employees  for  three  years.
Under  the  terms  of the Asset Purchase Agreement,  the  Company
transferred 697,828 shares of the Company's restricted  stock  to
Residual.   In  connection  with the  transaction,  the  Company,
through   its  acquisition  of  Service  800,  SA,  also  assumed
$12,722,000  in indebtedness due to the Company as of  March  31,
1995  incurred by Residual and/or Service 800, SA.   The  Company
received  a  fairness  opinion on the  transaction  from  Griffin
Capital Management Corporation.

      Allen  Mandel, Senior Vice President, and a former Director
of  the  Company, formerly served as a Senior Vice  President  of
Residual.   Edward J. Gerrity, Jr., the former  Chairman  of  the
Board  and  a present Director, was a Director of Residual  until
October 1994.

EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.

PART IV

ITEM  14  - Exhibits, Financial Statements, Schedules and Reports
on Form 8-K
a)   1. The financial statements are included in Part II, Item  8
        beginning at Page F-1:
     2. Financial Statement Schedule
        Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
b) Reports on Form 8-K:
     A report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 1998 under Item 2
     was filed with the Commission on June 24, 1998 to report
     the signing of a definitive agreement to acquire IDX 
     International, Inc.

c)   Exhibits:

3.1  Restated Certificate of Incorporation as amended July  26,
1996  and  August 29, 1996 filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the  Company's
Form   10-Q   for  the  period ended September   30,   1996   and
incorporated herein by reference.

  3.2  Amended and Restated Bylaws.
  
4.1 Rights  Agreement  dated as of February  18,  1997  between
the  Company  and American Stock Transfer & Trust  Company, which
includes   the   form  of  Certificate  of  Designations  setting
forth   the   terms  of the  Series  A  Participating  Preference
Stock,  par  value $.001 per share, as Exhibit  A, the   Form  of
Right  Certificate  as Exhibit B and the Summary  of   Rights  to
Purchase Preference Shares as Exhibit C filed as  Exhibit  1   to
the  Company's Registration Statement  on Form   8-A    (No.   1-
10210)  and  incorporated  herein   by reference.

4.2 Form  of  Letter from the Board of Directors of the Company
to   Stockholders   mailed  with copies   of   the   Summary   of
Rights   filed   as   Exhibit  2 to the  Company's   Registration
Statement   on   Form   8-A   (No.  1-10210)   and   incorporated
herein by reference.

10.1 Damiel  Elektronik Development Agreement filed as  Exhibit

10.6  to  the Company's Form S-1 Registration Statement  (No.  33
25572) and incorporated herein by reference.

   10.2  Agreement between Executive TeleCard S.A.  (Switzerland)
and  Telstra  Corporation Limited (Australia) for Enhancement  of
Telecom  Australia Calling Card dated August  3,  1993  filed  as
Exhibit  10.12  to the Company's Form 10-K for the  period  ended
March  31,  1996  and  incorporated herein  by  reference.   This
Agreement  is subject to a grant of confidential treatment  filed
separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

10.1      Office Building Lease between Executive TeleCard, S. A.
and  Provident Life and Accident Insurance Company dated December
15,  1995  for the 1720 South Bellaire, Denver, Colorado  offices
and  First Amendment to the Lease dated April 19, 1996  filed  as
Exhibit  10.19  to the Company's Form 10-K for the  period  ended
March 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.

10.2      Promissory Note and Stock Option Agreement between the
Company and World Wide Export, Ltd. dated February 28, 1996 filed
as  Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Form 10-K for the period ended
March 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.

 10.3      Promissory Note and Stock Option Agreement between the
Company  and  Seymour Gordon dated February  28,  1996  filed  as
Exhibit  10.21  to the Company's Form 10-K for the  period  ended
March 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.

 10.4      Promissory Note and Stock Option Agreement between the
Company  and  Network Data Systems, Limited dated June  27,  1996
filed  as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the  period
ended June 30, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.

  10.5       Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release dated as  of
May
28, 1996 between the Company Ltd. and Walter K. Krauth, Jr. filed
as  Exhibit 10 to the Company's Form 8-K dated May 28,  1996  and
incorporated herein by reference.

 10.6       Settlement Agreement dated April 2, 1998 between  the
Company and parties to In re: Executive TeleCard, Ltd. Securities
Litigation, Case No. 94 Civ. 7846 (CLB), U.S.D.C., S.D.N.Y.

 10.7       1995  Employee  Stock Option and Appreciation  Rights
      Plan, as amended and restated.

 10.8       1995  Directors Stock Option and Appreciation  Rights
      Plan, as amended and restated.

 10.9       Employment  Agreement for Christopher J. Vizas  dated
December  5, 1997 filed as Exhibit 10 to the Company's  Quarterly
Report  on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1997  and
incorporated herein by reference.

 10.10     Employment Agreement for Colin Smith dated February 1,
      1998.

  10.11      Employment  Agreement  for  Ronald  A.  Fried  dated
February
      20, 1998.

 10.12      Promissory  Note dated February 23, 1998 between  the
      Company and IDT Corporation.

 10.13      Warrant to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock of
        the  Company  dated  February  23,  1998  issued  to  IDT
Corporation.

 10.14      Consulting Agreement for John Koonce dated April  13,
      1998.

 21   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
 22   Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
 
 27   Financial Data Schedule
 
 99.1 Section   214  License  filed  as  Exhibit  10.5   to   the
       Company's  Form S-1 Registration Statement  (No. 33-25572)
       and incorporated herein by reference.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to  the  requirements of Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly  caused
this  report  to  be  signed on its behalf  by  the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.


                    EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                   Dated:  June 26,   1998 BY:
            _________________/S/____________________
                          Anne E. Haas
                Vice President, Controller and Treasurer


Pursuant  to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1934,  this
report  has been signed below by the following persons on  behalf
of the registrant and in capacities and on the dates indicated.


         Dated: June 26, ___________________/S/__________
         1998 BY:           Christopher J. Vizas
                         Chairman  of the Board of Directors,
                          and  Chief  Executive Officer
                           (Principal Executive Officer)

         Dated: June 26, ___________________/S/__________
         1998 BY:                 Anne E. Haas
                          Vice President, Controller and Treasurer
                             (Principal  Accounting Officer)

         Dated: June 26, ___________________/S/__________
         1998 BY:           Anthony Balinger,
                            Vice Chairman and Director

         Dated: June 26, ___________________/S/__________
         1998 BY:           Edward J. Gerrity, Director

         Dated: June 26, ___________________/S/__________
         1998 BY:           James O. Howard, Director

         Dated: June 26, __________________/S/___________
         1998 BY:           John E. Koonce, Director

         Dated: June 26, ___________________/S/__________
         1998 BY:           Richard A. Krinsley, Director

         Dated: June 26, ___________________/S/__________
         1998 BY:           Martin L. Samuels, Director

         Dated: June 26, ___________________/S/__________
         1998 BY:           Donald H. Sledge, Director

         Dated: June 26, ___________________/S/__________
         1998 BY:           David W. Warnes, Director




10

\\\DC - 62961/1 - 0606539.02
                      AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                
                             BY-LAWS
                                
                               OF
                                
                    EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.



ARTICLE I.  MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION 1.1.  TIME AND PLACE.  All meetings of stockholders
shall be held at such time and place, whether within or without
the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the
meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

     SECTION 1.2.  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  An annual meeting of
stockholders, commencing with the year 1988, shall be held on the
second Tuesday in May of each year, or, if such day be a legal
holiday, on the next business day following; PROVIDED, that if
the Board of Directors shall determine that in any year it is not
advisable or convenient to hold the meeting on such day, then in
such year the annual meeting shall instead be held on such other
day as the Board shall prescribe.

     SECTION 1.3.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of
stockholders, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be
called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board
of Directors, and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board,
the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of any
one or more stockholders owning at least twenty-five percent (25)
of the shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote.  Any such request shall state the purpose or
purposes of the proposed meeting.  Special meetings may also be
called as provided in Section 2.4 of these By-Laws.

     SECTION 1.4.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Written notice of each
meeting of stockholders stating the time and place thereof, and,
in the case of a special meeting, specifying the purpose or
purposes thereof shall be given, in the manner prescribed by
Section 5.1 of these By-Laws, to each stockholder entitled to
vote thereat, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60)
days prior to the meeting except that where the matter to be
acted on is a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or a
sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of its
assets, such notice shall be given not less than twenty (20) nor
more than sixty (60) days prior to such meeting.

     SECTION 1.5.  QUORUM.  Except as otherwise provided by
statute, the holders of a majority of the shares of the
Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat,
present in person or by proxy, shall be necessary and sufficient
to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at each
meeting of stockholders.

     SECTION 1.6.  VOTE REQUIRED.  At any meeting of stockholders
at which a quorum is present, directors shall be elected by a
plurality of the votes cast and any other corporate action shall
be authorized by a majority of the votes cast, unless the action
is one on which, by express provisions of a statute, a different
vote is required, in which case such express provision shall
govern the determination of such action.

     SECTION 1.7.  VOTING.  At any meeting of stockholders, each
stockholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in
person or by proxy; and each stockholder of record shall be
entitled to one vote for each outstanding share standing in his
name on the books of the Corporation as of the record date for
determining the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at
such meeting.  The order of business at all meetings of
stockholders shall be determined by the presiding officer.

    SECTION 1.8.  PROXIES.  Each proxy shall be in writing
executed by the stockholder giving the proxy or his duly
authorized attorney.  No proxy shall be valid after the
expiration of three (3) years from its date, unless a longer
period is provided for in the proxy.  Unless voted, every proxy
shall be revocable at the pleasure of the person who executed it
or of his legal representatives or assigns, except in those cases
where an irrevocable proxy permitted by statute has been given.

     SECTION 1.9.  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AND
NOMINATIONS.

     (a)  Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

          (1)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board
of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to
be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual
meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation's notice
of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors
or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a
stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided
for in this Bylaw, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who
complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw.

          (2)  For nominations or other business to be properly
brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to
clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Bylaw, the stockholder
must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary
of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a
proper matter for stockholder action.  To be timely, a
stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the
close of business on the 60th day nor earlier than the close of
business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the
preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the
event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days
before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice
by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier
than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such annual
meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of
the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the close of
business on the 10th day following the day on which public
announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the
Corporation.  Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to
each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for
election or reelection as a director all information relating to
such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of
proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (including
such person's written consent to being named in the proxy
statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);
(ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to
bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business
desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for
conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest
in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if
any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the
stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any,
on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, the name and
address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's
books, and of such beneficial owner and the class and number of
shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of
record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

              (3)  Notwithstanding anything in the second
sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in
the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board
of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no
public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees
for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of
Directors at least 70 days prior to the first anniversary of the
preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required
by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely but only with
respect to nominees for any new positions created by such
increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the
close of business on the 10th day following the date on which
such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

     (b)  Special Meetings of Stockholders.

       Only such business shall be conducted at a special
meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the
meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting.
Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may
be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors
are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting
(a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b)
provided that the Board of Directors has determined that
directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of
the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of
giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, who shall be
entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice
procedures set forth in this Bylaw.  In the event the Corporation
calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of
electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder
may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for
election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation's
notice of meeting, if the stockholder's notice required by
paragraph (a)(2) of this Bylaw shall be delivered to the
Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation
not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and
not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day
prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day
on which public announcement is first made of the date of the
special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of
Directors to be elected at such meeting.

     (c)  General.

          (1)  Notwithstanding any provision of these Bylaws to
the contrary, only such persons who are nominated in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw shall be eligible to
serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a
meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the
meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Bylaw.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation, as amended, or these Bylaws, the officer of the
Corporation or other person presiding over the meeting shall have
the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any
business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or
proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures
set forth in this Bylaw and, if any proposed nomination or
business is not in compliance with this Bylaw, to declare that
such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

          (2)  For purpose of this Bylaw, "public announcement"
shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow
Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news
service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14
or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

          (3)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Bylaw, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable
requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw.
Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of
stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the
Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the
Exchange Act.


ARTICLE II.  DIRECTORS

     SECTION 2.1.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The business and affairs
of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors,
which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all
such lawful acts and things on its behalf as are not required to
be exercised or done by the stockholders.

     SECTION 2.2.  NUMBER; ELECTION AND TENURE.  The first Board
of Directors shall consist of three (3) members and thereafter
the number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors
shall be not less than one (1) nor more than fifteen (15) as
fixed from time to time by resolution of the whole Board or by
the stockholders at any annual or special meeting; PROVIDED, that
no decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of
any incumbent director.  With the exception of the first Board of
Directors, which shall be elected by the incorporators of the
Corporation, and except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws,
directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders.
Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of the
stockholders next succeeding his election and until his successor
is elected and has qualified or until his earlier displacement
from office by resignation, removal or otherwise.

     SECTION 2.3.  RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL.  Any director may
resign at any time by written notice to the Corporation.  Any
director may be removed, for cause or without cause, by the
holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an
election of directors.

     SECTION 2.4.  VACANCIES.  Any vacancy in the Board of
Directors occurring by reason of the death, resignation or
disqualification of any director, the removal of any director
from office for cause or without cause, an increase in the number
of directors, or otherwise, may be filled by vote of the
stockholders or the Board or, if the number of directors then in
office is less than a quorum, by vote of a majority of the
directors then in office or by a sole remaining director.  When
one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a
future date, a majority of the directors then in office,
including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill
such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when
such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each
director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this Section
in the filling of other vacancies.  If at any time, by reason of
death or resignation or other cause, the Corporation should have
no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an
executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or
other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person
or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of
stockholders in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws.
Each director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until
the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and until his
successor is elected and has qualified or until his earlier
displacement from office by resignation, removal, replacement or
otherwise.

     SECTION 2.5.  ACCESS TO BOOKS AND RELIANCE.  Any director
shall have the right to examine the Corporation's stock ledger, a
list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a
purpose reasonably related to his position as a director.  A
director shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully
protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or
reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, or by an
independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser
selected with reasonable care by the Board of Directors, or in
relying in good faith upon other records of the Corporation.


ARTICLE III.  MEETINGS OF THE BOARD

     SECTION 3.1.  TIME AND PLACE.  Meetings of the Board of
Directors may be held at such time and place, within or without
the State of Delaware, as shall be determined in accordance with
these By-Laws.

     SECTION 3.2.  FIRST MEETING.  The directors elected at each
annual meeting of stockholders shall hold their first meeting at
the place at which the annual meeting of stockholders shall have
been held and immediately thereafter, and no notice of such
meeting to the newly-elected directors shall be necessary in
order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall
be present.

     SECTION 3.3.  REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the
Board of Directors may be held, without notice, at such time and
place as shall from time to time be fixed in advance by
resolution of the Board.

     SECTION 3.4.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the
Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or
the President, and at the written request of any two (2)
directors shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, the
President or the Secretary.  Written notice of each special
meeting of directors stating the time and place thereof shall be
served on each director, in the manner provided in Section 5.1 of
these By-Laws, at least one (1) business day before such meeting,
provided, however, that if notice is served by mail it shall be
posted at least five (5) business days before such meeting.  The
time and place of any special meeting of directors may also be
fixed by a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

     SECTION 3.5.  QUORUM AND VOTING.  At all meetings of the
Board of Directors one-third (1/3) of the total number of
directors but not less than (2) directors shall be necessary and
sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at
the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time, shall
be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise
specifically provided by statute.  If a quorum shall not be
present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the members of
the Board present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to
time, without notice other than an announcement at the meeting,
until a quorum shall be present.  Any director who participates
in any meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating in a meeting can hear each other shall be deemed to
be present in person at such meeting.

     SECTION 3.6.  MEETINGS DURING EMERGENCY.  During any nuclear
or atomic disaster, or during the existence of any catastrophe,
or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a
quorum of the Board of Directors cannot readily be convened for
action, notice of any meeting of the Board during such an
emergency may be given only to such of the directors as it may be
feasible to reach at the time and by such means as may be
feasible at the time, including publication or radio.  To the
extent required to constitute a quorum at any meeting of the
Board of Directors during such an emergency, the officers of the
Corporation who are present shall be deemed, in order of rank and
within the same rank in order of seniority, directors for such
meeting.

     SECTION 3.7.  CONSENTS.  Whenever any action is required or
permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors,
such action may be taken without a meeting if all members of the
Board consent thereto in writing and such written consent or
consents are filed with the minutes of the Proceedings of the
Board.


ARTICLE IV.  COMMITTEES

     SECTION 4.1.  EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  The Board of Directors
may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board,
designate directors of the Corporation in such number as the
Board shall see fit, but not less than two (2), as an Executive
Committee which shall have and may exercise, during intervals
between meetings of the Board, the powers of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the
Corporation (including, but without limitation, the powers of the
Board of Directors as specified in these By-Laws), and may
authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers
which may require it; but such committee shall not have the power
or authority in reference to approving or adopting, or
recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly
required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted
to stockholders for approval or adopting, amending or repealing
any bylaw of the Corporation; and unless these bylaws or the
Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, such committee
shall not have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to
authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of
ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law.  The Board of Directors shall designate
one of the members of the Executive Committee to be the Chairman
of said Committee.  Each member of the Executive Committee shall
continue to act as such only so long as he shall be a director of
the Corporation and only during the pleasure of a majority of the
total number of directors of the Corporation at the time in
office.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of the
Executive Committee, the member or members present at any meeting
and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he/she or they
constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any
such absent or disqualified member.

     SECTION 4.2.  MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Executive
Committee, of which no notice shall be necessary, shall be held
on such days and at such places, within or without the State of
Delaware, as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority
of, and communicated to all, the members of the Executive
Committee.  Special meetings of said Committee may be called at
the request of any member.  Notice of each special meeting of
said Committee shall be given in the manner provided in Sections
3.4 and 5.1 of these By-Laws.  Subject to the provisions of this
Article IV, the Executive Committee, by resolution of the
majority of all its members, shall fix its own rules of procedure
and keep a record of its proceedings and report them to the Board
of Directors at the next regular meeting thereof after such
proceedings shall have been taken.

     SECTION 4.3.  QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.  Not less than a
majority of the members of the Executive Committee then in office
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and
the act of a majority of those present at a meeting thereof at
which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Executive
Committee.  The directors comprising said Committee shall act
only as a committee, and such directors, individually, shall have
no power as such.

     SECTION 4.4.  VACANCIES.  The Board of Directors, by vote of
a majority of the whole Board, shall have power to fill any
vacancy in the Executive Committee due to death, resignation,
removal, or any other cause.

     SECTION 4.5.  RESIGNATION.  Any director may resign from the
Executive Committee at any time by giving written notice of his
resignation to the Board of Directors or to the Chairman of the
Board, the Chairman of the Executive Committee, the President, or
the Secretary.  Such resignation shall take effect at the date of
receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein;
and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     SECTION 4.6.  OTHER COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may,
by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole
Board, designate one or more other committees, each such
committee to consist of two (2) or more directors of the
Corporation, which shall have any may exercise such powers as the
Board of Directors may determine and specify in such resolution
or resolutions, such committee or committees to have such name or
names as may be determined from time to time by resolution
adopted by the Board of Directors; but no such committee shall
have the power or authority in reference to approving or
adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or
matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law
to be submitted to stockholders for approval or adopting,
amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation; and unless
the resolution designating the committee, these bylaws or the
Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such
committee shall have the power or authority to declare a
dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a
certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of
the Delaware General Corporation Law.  A majority of all the
members of any such committee may fix its rules of procedure,
determine its actions, and fix the time and place (whether within
or without the State of Delaware) of its meetings and specify
what notice thereof, if any, shall be given, unless the-Board of
Directors shall otherwise by resolution provide.  The Board of
Directors shall have the power to change the members of any such
committee at any time, to fill vacancies, and to discharge any
such committee, either with or without cause, at any time.  In
the absence or disqualification of a member of any such
committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a
quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of
Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent
or disqualified member.

     SECTION 4.7.  ACTION BY CONSENT.  Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of any committee authorized
hereunder may be taken without a meeting if prior to such action
a written consent thereto is signed by all members of such
committee, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of
the proceedings of the Board or such committee.


ARTICLE V.  NOTICES

     SECTION 5.1.  DELIVERY OF NOTICES.  Notices to directors and
stockholder shall be in writing and may be delivered personally
or by mail.  Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given at the
time when deposited in the post office or a letter box, with
first class postage prepaid, and addressed to directors or
stockholders at their respective addresses appearing on the books
of the Corporation.  Notice to directors may also be given by
telegram or telex addressed to directors at their respective
addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation or by leaving
the notice at the residence or usual place of business of a
director.  Notice by telegram shall be deemed to be given when
received by the communications carrier.  Notice by telex shall be
deemed to be given when transmitted.

     SECTION 5.2.  WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Whenever the Corporation or
the Board of Directors is authorized to take any action after
notice to any person or persons, such action may be taken without
notice, if at any time before or after such action is completed
the person or persons entitled to such notice submit a signed
waiver of notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting of
stockholders or directors, as the case may be, shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person is
attending for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning
of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business
to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special
meeting of stockholders or directors need be specified in any
written waiver or notice.


ARTICLE VI.  OFFICERS

     SECTION 6.1.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.  The executive officers of
the corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President,
one (1) or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary.
The Chairman of the Board shall be selected from among the
directors, but no other executive officer need be a member of the
Board.  Two (2) or more officers, except those of President and
Vice President and those of President and Secretary, may be held
by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or
verify an instrument in more than one capacity.  The executive
officers of the Corporation shall be appointed annually by the
Board of Directors at its first meeting following the meeting of
stockholders at which the Board was elected.

     SECTION 6.2.  OTHER OFFICERS AND AGENTS.  The Board of
Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Vice Presidents,
Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, and such other
officers and agents as the Board may determine to be advisable.

     SECTION 6.3.  TENURE; RESIGNATION; REMOVAL; VACANCIES.  Each
officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor
is appointed or until his earlier displacement from office by
resignation, removal or otherwise.  Any officer may resign by
written notice to the Corporation and may be removed for cause or
without cause by the Board of Directors, PROVIDED, that any such
removal shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the
officer so removed under any employment contract or other
agreement with the Corporation.  If the office of any officer
becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the
Board of Directors.

     SECTION 6.4.  AUTHORITY AND DUTIES.  All officers as between
themselves and the Corporation, shall have such authority and
perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may
be provided in these By-Laws, or, to the extent not provided, as
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 6.5.  THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the
Board may, but shall not necessarily be the Chief Executive
Officer of the Corporation.  He shall preside at all meetings of
the stockholders and the directors.  He shall have general and
active management of the business of the Corporation, shall see
to it that all resolutions and orders of the Board of Directors
are carried into effect, and, in connection therewith, shall be
authorized to delegate to the President and the other executive
officers such of his powers and duties as Chairman of the Board
at such times and in such manner as he may deem to be advisable.
Except where by law or by order of the Board of Directors the
signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board
shall have the same power as the President to execute instruments
on behalf of the Corporation.

     SECTION 6.6.  THE PRESIDENT.  The President shall be the
Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation, and its executive
officer next in authority to the Chairman of the Board.  He shall
assist the Chairman of the Board in the management of the
business of the Corporation and, in the absence or disability of
the Chairman, or in the event of the explicit refusal of the
Chairman to discharge the duties of his office, he shall preside
at all meetings of the stockholders and the directors, and
exercise the other powers and perform the other duties of the
Chairman or designate the executive officers of the Corporation
by whom such other powers shall be exercised and other duties
performed; and he shall have such other powers and duties as may
from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or
the Chairman of the Board.  During the vacancy in the office of
Chairman of the Board the President shall serve as Acting
Chairman.

     SECTION 6.7.  THE VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Vice President or,
if there be more than one, the Vice Presidents, shall assist the
Chairman of the Board in the management of the business of the
Corporation and the implementation of resolutions and orders of
the Board of Directors at such times and such manner as the
Chairman of the Board may deem to be advisable.  If there be more
than one Vice President, the Board of Directors may grant such
titles as shall be descriptive of their respective functions or
indicative of their relative seniority.  The Vice President, or,
if there be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order of
their seniority as indicated by their titles or as otherwise
determined by the Board of Directors shall in the absence or
disability of the Chairman of the Board and the President, or in
the event of the explicit refusal of the Chairman and the
President to discharge the duties of their offices, exercise the
powers and perform the duties of those officers; and he or they
shall have such other powers and duties as the Board of Directors
or the Chairman of the Board may from time to time prescribe.
Said Vice President shall serve as Acting President during a
vacancy in the office of President and, in the event the offices
of both the Chairman of the Board and the President are vacant,
shall serve as Acting Chairman.

     SECTION 6.8.  THE ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Assistant
Vice President, if any, or, if there be more than one, the
Assistant Vice Presidents, shall perform such duties as may from
time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the
Chairman of the Board.

     SECTION 6.9.  THE TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall have the
care and custody of the corporate funds, and other valuable
effects, including securities, and shall keep full and accurate
accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the
Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable
effects in the name of and to the credit of the Corporation in
such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.
The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may
be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for
such disbursements, shall render to the Chairman of the Board and
the Board of Directors, at meetings or whenever it may require
it, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer of the
financial condition of the Corporation; and he shall perform such
other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the
Board may from time to time prescribe.

     SECTION 6.10.  THE ASSISTANT TREASURERS.  The Assistant
Treasurer, if any, or, if there be more than one, the Assistant
Treasurers, in the order determined by the Board of Directors or
by the Chairman of the Board, shall, in the absence or disability
of the Treasurer, or in the event of the explicit refusal of the
Treasurer to discharge the duties of his office, exercise the
powers and perform the duties of the Treasurer, and he or they
shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the
Chairman of the Board may from time to time prescribe.  Said
Assistant Treasurer shall serve as Acting Treasurer during a
vacancy in the office of Treasurer.

     SECTION 6.11.  THE SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall attend
all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors
and shall record the minutes of all proceedings taken at such
meetings, and maintain all documents evidencing corporate actions
taken by written consent of the stockholders or of the Board of
Directors, in a book to be kept for that purpose.  He shall see
to it that all notices of meetings of the stockholders and of
special meetings of the Board of Directors are duly given in
accordance with these By-Laws or as required by statute; he shall
be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation, and, when
authorized by the Board of Directors, he shall cause the
corporate seal to be affixed, attested by his signature as
Secretary or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary; he shall
also keep or cause to be kept a stock book, containing the names,
alphabetically arranged, of all persons who are stockholders of
the Corporation showing their respective addresses, the number of
shares registered in the name of each, and the dates when they
respectively became the owners of record thereof, and such book
shall be open for inspection as prescribed by the laws of the
State of Delaware; and he shall perform such other duties as may
from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by
the Chairman of the Board.

     SECTION 6.12.  THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY.  The Assistant
Secretary, if any, or, if there be more than one, the Assistant
Secretaries, in the order determined by the Board of Directors or
by the Chairman of the Board shall, in the absence or disability
of the Secretary, or in the event of the explicit refusal of the
Secretary to discharge the duties of his office, exercise the
powers and perform the duties of the Secretary; and he or they
shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the
Chairman of the Board may from time to time prescribe.  Said
Assistant Secretary shall serve as Acting Secretary during a
vacancy in the office of the Secretary.


ARTICLE VII.  STOCK CERTIFICATES

     SECTION 7.1.  FORM AND SIGNATURE.  The stock certificates of
the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by
the Board of Directors, and shall be numbered and entered in the
books of the Corporation as they are issued.  Each certificate
shall exhibit the registered holder's name and the number of
shares that it evidences, shall set forth such other statements
as may be required by statute, and shall be signed by the
Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President and by the
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary.

     SECTION 7.2.  LOST CERTIFICATES.  The Board of Directors may
direct that a new stock certificate or certificates be issued in
place of any certificate or certificates which have been
mutilated or which are alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon presentation of each such mutilated certificate
or the making by the person claiming any such certificate to have
been lost, stolen or destroyed of an affidavit as to the fact and
circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction thereof.  The
Board, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the
issuance of any new certificate, may require the owner of any
certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, or
his legal representative, to furnish the Corporation with a bond,
in such sum and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, as
indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
Corporation in respect of such lost, stolen or destroyed
certificate.

     SECTION 7.3.  REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER.  Upon surrender to
the Corporation or any transfer agent of the Corporation of a
stock certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence
of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the
Corporation shall issue or cause its transfer agent to issue a
new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old
certificate and record the transaction upon its books.


ARTICLE VIII.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

     SECTION 8.1.  RECORD DATE.

    (a)  For the purpose of determining the stockholders
entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders
or any adjournment thereof in respect of which a new record date
is not fixed, or for the purpose of determining the stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution
or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect
of any change, conversion or exchange of shares, or for the
purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may
fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such
determination of stockholders.  Such date shall not be more than
sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such
meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

     (b)  If no record date is fixed:

    (1)  The record date for determining the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting shall be at the
close of business on the day next preceding the date on which
notice is given, or, if no notice is given, the day next
preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

    (2)  The record date for determining stockholders entitled
to express written consent to the taking of any corporate action
without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors
is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent
is expressed; and

    (3)  The record date for determining stockholders for any
purpose other than those specified in subparagraphs (1) and (2)
shall be at the close of business on the day on which the
resolution of the Board of Directors relating thereto is adopted.

    SECTION 8.2.  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.  There shall be kept
at the office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware a
record containing the names and addresses of all stockholders,
the number of shares held by each and the dates when they
respectively became the owners of record thereof.  Except as
otherwise required by law, the Corporation shall be entitled to
recognize a person registered on its books as the holder of
shares as the sole owner of such shares for all purposes, and
shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to
or interest in such shares on the part of any person other than
such registered holder, regardless of whether it shall have
knowledge or notice of any such claim or interest.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation shall
be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person whose
holding of shares is so registered on its books as of any record
date fixed or determined pursuant to Section 7.1 of these By-Laws
to be treated as the sole owner of such shares for the purpose
for which such record date was so fixed or determined.

    SECTION 8.3.  DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS; RESERVES.
Subject to all applicable requirements of law and any indenture
or other agreement to which the Corporation is a party or by
which it is bound, the Board of Directors may declare to be
payable, in cash, in other property or in shares of the
Corporation, such dividends and distributions upon or in respect
of outstanding shares of the Corporation as the Board may deem to
be advisable.  Before declaring any such dividend or
distribution, the Board may cause to be set aside, out of any
funds or other property or assets of the Corporation legally
available for the payment of dividends or distributions, such sum
or sums as the Board, in its absolute discretion, may consider to
be proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for
equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the
Board may deem conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and
the Board may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in
which it was created.

    SECTION 8.4.  FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the
Corporation shall be fixed and may from time to time be changed
by resolution of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 8.5.  SEAL.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed
thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization
and the words "Corporate Seal Delaware."

     SECTION 8.6.  SECURITIES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.  The
Chairman of the Board or any other officer authorized by the
Board of Directors shall have power to vote and otherwise act on
behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting
of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders
of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold
securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and
powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its
ownership of securities in such other corporation.

     SECTION 8.7.  LITIGATION BY CORPORATION.  No court action,
suit or arbitration proceeding shall be commenced by the
Corporation against a member of the Board of Directors unless
authorized by a specific resolution of the Board.


ARTICLE IX.  INDEMNIFICATION

     SECTION 9.1.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Corporation shall (a)
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment
in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit,
and (b) indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in
the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he is
or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation,
or served at the request of the Corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of (the Corporation, or served at the
request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of) another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually
and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any such
action, suit or proceeding; in each case to the fullest extent
permissible under subsections (a) through (e) of Section 145 of
the General Corporation Law of Delaware or the indemnification
provisions of any successor statute.  The foregoing right of
indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights
of indemnification to which any such person may be entitled,
under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or direction of any court or otherwise, and shall inure
to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such
a person.

     For Purposes of the Section, references to "other
enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to
"fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with
respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to "service
at the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which
imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director,
officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit
plan, its participants, or beneficiaries.

     For purposes of this Section, references to "the
Corporation" include all constituent corporations absorbed in a
consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving
corporation so that any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of such a constituent corporation or is or was
serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise shall
stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section
with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he
would if he served the resulting or surviving corporation in the
same capacity.


ARTICLE X.  AMENDMENTS

     SECTION 10.1.  POWER TO AMEND.  These By-Laws may be amended
or repealed, and new By-Laws may be adopted, in the manner
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.





                     As Amended and Restated
                                
                                
                                
\\\DC - 67961/1 - 0563510.03
                    EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                 1995 Employee Stock Option and
                    Appreciation Rights Plan
                                
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                
1.   Purpose                                                  1
2.   General Provisions                                       1
3.   Eligibility                                              2
4.   Number of Shares Subject to Plan                         2
5.   Stock Options                                            2
6.   Stock Appreciation Rights                                6
7.   Effect of Changes in Capitalization                      8
8.   Nontransferability                                       9
9.   Amendment, Suspension, or Termination of Plan           10
10.  Effective Date                                          10
11.  Termination Date                                        10
12.  Resale of Shares Purchased                              10
13.  Acceleration of Rights and Options                      11
14.  Written Notice Required; Tax Withholding                11
15.  Compliance with Securities Laws                         12
16.  Waiver of Vesting Restrictions by Committee             12
17.  Reports to Participants                                 12
18.  No Employee Contract                                    12

                    EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                 1995 Employee Stock Option and
                    Appreciation Rights Plan
                     As Amended and Restated

          1.     Purpose.    Executive  TeleCard,   Ltd.   hereby
establishes  its  1995  Employee Stock  Option  and  Appreciation
Rights  Plan (the "Plan").  The purpose of the Plan is to advance
the  interests  of Executive TeleCard, Ltd. and its  subsidiaries
(collectively  "the Company") and the Company's  stockholders  by
providing  a means by which the Company shall be able to  attract
and   retain  competent  employees,  officers,  consultants   and
advisors by providing them with an opportunity to participate  in
the   increased   value  of  the  Company  which  their   effort,
initiative, and skill have helped produce.
          
          2.   General Provisions.
          
               (a)     The  Plan  will  be  administered  by  the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of  the  Company
(the  "Committee"), provided, however, that except  as  otherwise
expressly  provided in this Plan or in order to comply with  Rule
16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as now in effect
or  as  hereafter  amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  the  Board  of
Directors of the Company (the "Board") may exercise any power  or
authority  granted  to  the  Committee  under  this  Plan.    The
Committee  shall be comprised of two or more directors designated
by the Board.
               
               (b)   The  Committee  shall  have  full  power  to
construe and interpret the Plan and to establish and amend  rules
and  regulations  for  its administration.   Any  action  of  the
Committee  with  respect to the Plan shall be taken  by  majority
vote  or  by  the  unanimous  written consent  of  the  Committee
members.
               
               (c)   The  Committee shall determine, in its  sole
discretion,  which participants under the Plan shall  be  granted
stock options or stock appreciation rights, the time or times  at
which  options or rights are granted, as well as the  number  and
the  duration  of  the  options or rights which  are  granted  to
participants;  provided,  however, that  no  participant  may  be
granted  options to purchase more than 500,000 shares  of  common
stock  of the Company ("Common Stock") under the Plan in any  two
(2) year period.
               
               (d)   The Committee shall also determine any other
terms and conditions relating to options and rights granted under
the Plan as the Committee may prescribe, in its sole discretion.
               
               (e)    The   Committee  shall   make   all   other
determinations  and  take  all  other  actions  which  it   deems
necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
               
               (f)     All    decisions,    determinations    and
interpretations  made  by  the Committee  shall  be  binding  and
conclusive  on  all participants in the Plan and on  their  legal
representatives, heirs and beneficiaries.
               
               (g)   The Board of Directors (with members of  the
Committee  abstaining) shall have the authority  to  make  grants
under  this Plan to members of the Committee who are eligible  to
receive  grants under the Plan or the Board may create a  formula
by which grants will automatically be made to eligible members of
the  Committee.  The Committee shall have the authority  to  make
grants  hereunder  to eligible members of the  Board  other  than
Committee  members  and may also establish  a  formula  by  which
grants will automatically be made to Board members.
          
          3.   Eligibility.  The Company's employees and advisors
and  consultants to the Company shall be eligible to  participate
in  the  Plan  and  to  receive  options  and  rights  hereunder,
provided,  however,  that Incentive Stock  Options  may  only  be
granted   to  employees  of  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries.
Employees  of the Company who are also directors of  the  Company
shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.  Directors who  are
not  employees  but  who provide consulting or advisory  services
outside  of  their  role as directors of  the  Company  shall  be
eligible to participate in the Plan.
          
          4.    Number  of Shares Subject to Plan.  The aggregate
number  of  shares  of the Company's Common Stock  which  may  be
granted  to  participants shall be 1,750,000 shares,  subject  to
adjustment only as provided in Sections 5(h) and 7 hereof.  These
shares  may  consist  of shares of the Company's  authorized  but
unissued  Common Stock or shares of the Company's authorized  and
issued  Common Stock reacquired by the Company and  held  in  its
treasury or any combination thereof.  If an option granted  under
this  Plan is surrendered, or for any other reason ceases  to  be
exercisable  in  whole or in part, the shares  as  to  which  the
option ceases to be exercisable shall be available for options to
be  granted  to  the same or other participants under  the  Plan,
except to the extent that an option is deemed surrendered by  the
exercise  of a tandem stock appreciation right and that right  is
paid by the Company in stock, in which event the shares issued in
satisfaction of the right shall not be available for new  options
or rights under the Plan.
          
          5.   Stock Options.
          
               (a)   Type  of  Options.  Options granted  may  be
either  Nonqualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options  as
determined  by  the  Committee in  its  sole  discretion  and  as
reflected  in  the  Notice  of Grant  issued  by  the  Committee.
"Incentive  Stock Option" means an option intended to qualify  as
an  incentive  stock option within the meaning  of   422  of  the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code").  "Nonqualified  Stock
Option"  means an option not intended to qualify as an  Incentive
Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option which is converted to a
Nonqualified Stock Option under Section 5(f) hereof.
               
               (b)  Option Price.  The price at which options may
be granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee at
the time of grant as follows:
               
                    (i)   For Incentive Stock Options the  option
price  shall  be equal to 100% of the Fair Market  Value  of  the
stock on the date the option is granted; provided, however,  that
for  Incentive Stock Options granted to any person  who,  at  the
time  such  option is granted, owns (as defined in   422  of  the
Code)  shares  possessing more than 10%  of  the  total  combined
voting  power  of  all classes of shares of the  Company  or  its
parent or subsidiary corporation, the option price shall be  110%
of the Fair Market Value.
                    
                    (ii)  For  Nonqualified  Stock  Options   the
option price shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the stock
on the date the option is granted.
                    
                    (iii)      For  purposes of  this  Plan,  and
except  as otherwise set forth herein, "Fair Market Value"  shall
mean:  (A)  if  there is an established market for the  Company's
Common  Stock on a stock exchange, in an over-the-counter  market
or  otherwise, shall be the closing price of the shares of Common
Stock  on  such  exchange  or in such market  (the  highest  such
closing  price if there is more than one such exchange or market)
on  the valuation date, or (B) if there were no such sales on the
valuation  date, then in accordance with Treas.  Reg.   20.2031-2
or  successor  regulations.  Unless otherwise  specified  by  the
Committee  at  the time or grant (or in the formula proposed  for
such  grant,  if applicable), the valuation date for purposes  of
determining  Fair Market Value shall be the date of  grant.   The
Committee  (or the Board of Directors with respect to  grants  to
Committee members pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof may specify  in
any  grant of an option or stock appreciation right that, instead
of  the  date  of grant, the valuation date shall be a  valuation
period of up to ninety (90) days prior to the date of grant,  and
Fair Market Value for purposes of such grant shall be the average
over  the valuation period of the closing price of the shares  of
Common Stock on such exchange or in such market (the highest such
closing  price if there is more than one such exchange or market)
on  each  date on which sales were made in the valuation  period,
provided,  however,  that  if  the Committee  (or  the  Board  of
Directors) fails to specify a valuation period and there were  no
sales  on  the  date  of grant then Fair Market  Value  shall  be
determined  as if the Committee had specified a thirty  (30)  day
valuation  period  for such determination,  unless  there  is  no
established market for the Company's Common Stock in  which  case
the  determination of Fair Market Value shall  be  in  accordance
with clause (B) above.
                    
               (c)   Exercise of Option.  The right  to  purchase
shares covered by any option under this Plan shall be exercisable
only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the grant  to
the  participant.  Such terms and conditions may include  a  time
period or schedule whereby some of the options granted may become
exercisable, or "vested", over time and certain conditions,  such
as continuous service or specified performance criteria or goals,
must  be  satisfied  for such vesting.  The determination  as  to
whether  to  impose  any  such vesting  schedule  or  performance
criteria,  and the terms of such schedule or criteria,  shall  be
within  the  sole discretion of the Committee.  These  terms  and
conditions may be different for different participants so long as
all options satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
          
          The exercise of options shall be paid for in cash or in
shares of the Company's Common Stock, or any combination thereof.
Shares  tendered  as  payment  for  option  exercises  shall,  if
acquired from the Company, have been held for at least six months
and shall be valued at the Fair Market Value of the shares on the
date of exercise.  The Committee may, in its discretion, agree to
a loan by the Company to one or more participants of a portion of
the  exercise price (not to exceed the exercise price  minus  the
par  value of the shares to be acquired, if any) for up to  three
(3)  years with interest payable at the prime rate quoted in  the
Wall  Street  Journal on the date of exercise.   Members  of  the
Committee  may  receive  such loans  from  the  Company  for  the
exercise  of  their options, if any, only with  approval  by  the
Board.
          
          The Committee may also permit a participant to effect a
net  exercise  of an option without tendering any shares  of  the
Company's stock as payment for the option.  In such an event, the
participant will be deemed to have paid for the exercise  of  the
option with shares of the Company's stock and shall receive  from
the  Company  a number of shares equal to the difference  between
the  shares  that  would have been tendered  and  the  number  of
options  exercised.  Members of the Committee may  effect  a  net
exercise of their options only with the approval of the Board.
          
          The  Committee may also cause the Company to enter into
arrangements  with  one  or more licensed stock  brokerage  firms
whereby   participants  may  exercise  options  without   payment
therefor  but with irrevocable orders to such brokerage  firm  to
immediately  sell  the  number of shares  necessary  to  pay  the
exercise price for the option and the withholding taxes, if  any,
and then to transmit the proceeds from such sales directly to the
Company in satisfaction of such obligations.
          
          The  Committee  may  prescribe  forms  which  must   be
completed  and signed by a participant and tendered with  payment
of the exercise price in order to exercise an option.
          
               (d)    Duration  of  Options.   Unless   otherwise
prescribed  by  the  Committee  or  this  Plan,  options  granted
hereunder  shall expire ten (10) years from the  date  of  grant,
subject to early termination as provided in Section 5(f) hereof.
               
               (e)   Incentive Stock Options Limitations.  In  no
event  shall an Incentive Stock Option be granted to  any  person
who,  at  the  time such option is granted, owns (as  defined  in
422  of  the Code) shares possessing more than 10% of  the  total
combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company  or
of  its parent or subsidiary corporation, unless the option price
is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to
the Option, and such Option is by its terms not exercisable after
the  expiration  of five (5) years from the date such  Option  is
granted.   Moreover, the aggregate Fair Market Value  (determined
as of the time that option is granted) of the shares with respect
to  which  Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the  first
time  by any individual employee during any single calendar  year
under  the Plan shall not exceed $100,000.  In addition, in order
to  receive  the full tax benefits of an Incentive Stock  Option,
the  employee must not resell or otherwise dispose of  the  stock
acquired  upon exercise of the Incentive Stock Option  until  two
(2)  years after the date the option was granted and one (1) year
after it was exercised.
               
               (f)  Early Termination of Options.  In the event a
participant's  employment with or service to  the  Company  shall
terminate as the result of total disability, as defined below, or
the  result of retirement at 65 years of age or later,  then  any
options  granted  to such participant shall  expire  and  may  no
longer be exercised three (3) months after such termination.   If
the participant dies while employed or engaged by the Company, to
the  extent  that the option was exercisable at the time  of  the
participant's death, such option may, within one year  after  the
participant's  death, be exercised by the person  or  persons  to
whom the participant's rights under the option shall pass by will
or  by the applicable laws of descent and distribution; provided,
however, that an option may not be exercised to any extent  after
the expiration of the option as originally granted.  In the event
a  participant's  employment or engagement by the  Company  shall
terminate  as  the result of any circumstances other  than  those
referred to above, whether terminated by the participant  or  the
Company, with or without cause, then all options granted to  such
participant  under this Plan shall terminate  and  no  longer  be
exercisable  as  of  the  date  of  such  termination,  provided,
however,  that  if  an  employee with an Incentive  Stock  Option
terminates  employment prior to its exercise, but notwithstanding
such  termination  becomes  or remains  a  non-employee  advisor,
consultant  or  director eligible for Nonqualified Stock  Options
hereunder or any other stock option plan of the Company, then the
Incentive Stock Option shall be converted to a Nonqualified Stock
Option  on  the  date the Incentive Stock Option would  otherwise
have  terminated.  A change in a participant's  status  from  one
eligible  category  to  another (e.g.,  from  an  employee  to  a
consultant) without a break in service shall not be considered  a
termination  of  that participant's employment or engagement  for
purposes  hereof.   A  non-employee director  who  is  no  longer
providing  consulting or advisory services beyond  service  as  a
director  will  not  be  deemed to have  terminated  his  or  her
engagement  with  the Company so long as he or she  continues  to
serve as a director.
          
          An  employee  who is absent from work with the  Company
because  of  total  disability, as defined below,  shall  not  by
virtue  of  such absence alone be deemed to have terminated  such
participant's employment with the Company.  All rights which such
participant would have had to exercise options granted  hereunder
will  be suspended during the period of such absence and  may  be
exercised cumulatively by such participant upon his return to the
Company  so  long  as  such rights are  exercised  prior  to  the
expiration of the option as originally granted.  For purposes  of
this  Plan, "total disability" shall mean disability, as a result
of  sickness  or  injury, to the extent that the  participant  is
prevented  from engaging in any substantial gainful activity  and
is  eligible for and receives a disability benefit under Title II
of the Federal Social Security Act.
          
          Notwithstanding  the foregoing, the Committee  may,  in
its   discretion,  permit  the  exercise  of  an   option   after
termination  of a participant's employment or engagement  by  the
Company.
          
               (g)   Grants  to Committee Members.  In accordance
with  Section 2(h) hereof, the Committee shall have no  authority
to  make  grants to its members hereunder, rather  the  Board  of
Directors  (with members of the Committee abstaining) shall  have
the  authority to make grants under this Plan to members  of  the
Committee.  Any designation of such grants may be by means  of  a
formula  specified  by  the Board of Directors  to  award  grants
automatically  at a stated time.  The option price  of  any  such
option  shall  be  calculated in accordance  with  the  grant  or
formula designation based on the Fair Market Value (determined in
accordance with Section 5(b)(iii) above) on the valuation date or
valuation period specified by the Board of Directors in the grant
or   designation.   Nothing  in  this  Section  5(g)   shall   be
interpreted  to  prohibit  the Board of Directors  from  granting
options  or  rights to its members if the Board of  Directors  is
administering the Plan in accordance with Section 2(a) above.
          
          6.   Stock Appreciation Rights.
          
               (a)   Grant.   Stock appreciation  rights  may  be
granted  by  the  Committee under this Plan upon such  terms  and
conditions as it may prescribe.  A stock appreciation  right  may
be  granted in connection with an option previously granted to or
to  be granted under this Plan or may be granted by itself.  Each
stock  appreciation right related to an option (a "Tandem Right")
shall  become  nonexercisable and be forfeited if the  option  to
which  it  relates  (the "Related Option") is exercised.   "Stock
appreciation right" as used in this Plan means a right to receive
the  excess of Fair Market Value, on the date of exercise,  of  a
share  of  the  Company's Common Stock on which  an  appreciation
right  is  exercised over the option price provided  for  in  the
related  option  and  is  issued  in  consideration  of  services
performed  for the Company or for its benefit by the participant.
Such excess is hereafter called "the differential."
          
               (b)  Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights.  Stock
appreciation  rights shall be exercisable and be payable  in  the
following manner:
          
                    (i)   A  stock appreciation right not  issued
with  a  Related Option (a "Separate Right") shall be exercisable
at the time or times prescribed by the Committee.  A Tandem Right
shall be exercisable by the participant at the same time or times
that  the  Related  Option  could be  exercised.   A  participant
wishing to exercise a stock appreciation right shall give written
notice  of  such exercise to the Company.  Upon receipt  of  such
notice,  the  Company  shall determine, in its  sole  discretion,
whether the participant's stock appreciation rights shall be paid
in  cash  or  in  shares of the Company's  Common  Stock  or  any
combination  of  cash  and  shares and thereupon  shall,  without
deducting  any  transfer  or issue tax,  deliver  to  the  person
exercising  such  right  an  amount of  cash  or  shares  of  the
Company's  Common  Stock or a combination thereof  with  a  value
equal  to  the  differential.  The date the Company receives  the
written  notice of exercise hereunder is the exercise date.   The
shares issued upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right may
consist of shares of the Company's authorized but unissued Common
Stock or of its authorized and issued Common Stock reacquired  by
the  Company and held in its treasury or any combination thereof.
No  fractional share of Common Stock shall be issued; rather, the
Committee shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu  of
such  fractional share or whether such fractional share shall  be
eliminated.
          
                    (ii)  The  exercise of a Tandem  Right  shall
automatically  result in the surrender of the Related  Option  by
the  participant  on  a  share for share  basis.   Likewise,  the
exercise  of  a  stock option shall automatically result  in  the
surrender  of  the  related  Tandem  Right.   Shares  covered  by
surrendered  options  shall  be available  for  granting  further
options  under this Plan except to the extent and in  the  amount
that such rights are paid by the Company with shares of stock, as
more fully discussed in Section 4 hereof.
          
                    (iii)      The Committee may impose any other
terms  and conditions it prescribes upon the exercise of a  stock
appreciation right, which conditions may include a condition that
the  stock appreciation right may only be exercised in accordance
with rules and regulations adopted by the Committee from time  to
time.
          
               (c)   Limitation on Payments.  Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Plan, the Committee may from time to time
determine, including at the time of exercise, the maximum  amount
of  cash  or stock which may be given upon exercise of any  stock
appreciation right in any year; provided, however, that all  such
amounts  shall be paid in full no later than the end of the  year
immediately following the year in which the participant exercised
such  stock  appreciation rights.  Any determination  under  this
paragraph  may  be  changed by the Committee from  time  to  time
provided  that  no such change shall require the  participant  to
return  to  the  Company any amount theretofore  received  or  to
extend  the period within which the Company is required  to  make
full  payment of the amount due as the result of the exercise  of
the participant's stock appreciation rights.
          
               (d)    Expiration   or   termination   of    stock
appreciation rights.
          
                    (i)   Each  Tandem Right and all  rights  and
obligations  thereunder shall expire on the  date  on  which  the
Related Option expires or terminates.  Each Separate Right  shall
expire on the date prescribed by the Committee.
          
          7.   Effect of Changes in Capitalization

                (a)   Changes in Common Stock.  If the number  of
outstanding  shares of Common Stock is increased or decreased  or
changed  into  or  exchanged for a different number  or  kind  of
shares  or  other  securities of the Company  by  reason  of  any
recapitalization,  reclassification, stock split-up,  combination
of   shares,  exchange  of  shares,  stock  dividend   or   other
distribution  payable  in capital stock,  or  other  increase  or
decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration
by the Company, occurring after the effective date of the Plan, a
proportionate  and appropriate adjustment shall be  made  by  the
Company  in  the number and kind of shares for which  options  or
stock   appreciation  rights  are  outstanding,   so   that   the
proportionate  interest of the participant immediately  following
such  event  shall, to the extent practicable,  be  the  same  as
immediately  prior  to  such  event.   Any  such  adjustment   in
outstanding  options shall not change the aggregate option  price
payable with respect to shares subject to the unexercised portion
of  the  option  outstanding but shall  include  a  corresponding
proportionate adjustment in the option price per share.   Similar
adjustments  shall  be  made to the terms of  stock  appreciation
rights.

                (b)   Reorganization with the Company  Surviving.
Subject  to  Section  7(c) hereof, if the Company  shall  be  the
surviving  entity in any reorganization, merger or  consolidation
of  the  Company  with  one or more other  entities,  any  option
theretofore  granted pursuant to the Plan shall  pertain  to  and
apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares
of  Common Stock subject to such option would have been  entitled
immediately    following   such   reorganization,    merger    or
consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate  adjustment  of
the  option  price per share so that the aggregate  option  price
thereafter shall be the same as the aggregate option price of the
shares remaining subject to the option immediately prior to  such
reorganization,  merger  or consolidation.   Similar  adjustments
shall be made to the terms of stock appreciation rights.

                (c)   Other  Reorganizations, Sale of  Assets  or
Common  Stock.   Upon  the  dissolution  or  liquidation  of  the
Company, or upon a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the
Company  with one or more other entities in which the Company  is
not the surviving entity, or upon a sale of substantially all  of
the  assets of the Company to another person or entity,  or  upon
any  transaction  (including, without  limitation,  a  merger  or
reorganization  in  which the Company is  the  surviving  entity)
approved by the Board that results in any person or entity (other
than  persons who are holders of stock of the Company at the time
the  Plan  is  approved by the Stockholders  and  other  than  an
Affiliate) owning 80 percent or more of the combined voting power
of  all classes of stock of the Company, the Plan and all options
and   stock  appreciation  rights  outstanding  hereunder   shall
terminate,  except to the extent provision is made in  connection
with such transaction for the continuation of the Plan and/or the
assumption   of   the  options  and  stock  appreciation   rights
theretofore granted, or for the substitution for such options and
stock  appreciation rights of new options and stock  appreciation
rights  covering the stock of a successor entity, or a parent  or
subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number
and kinds of shares and exercise prices, in which event the Plan,
options  and stock appreciation rights theretofore granted  shall
continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.   In  the
event of any such termination of the Plan, each participant shall
have  the  right (subject to the general limitations on  exercise
set  forth  in  Section  5(d)  hereof  and  except  as  otherwise
specifically  provided in the option agreement relating  to  such
option  or  stock appreciation right), immediately prior  to  the
occurrence  of such termination and during such period  occurring
prior to such termination as the Committee in its sole discretion
shall  designate,  to exercise such option or stock  appreciation
right  in  whole or in part, whether or not such option or  stock
appreciation  right was otherwise exercisable at  the  time  such
termination occurs, but subject to any additional provisions that
the  Committee may, in its sole discretion, include in any option
agreement.  The Committee shall send written notice of  an  event
that  will  result in such a termination to all participants  not
later than the time at which the Company gives notice thereof  to
its stockholders.

                (d)  Adjustments.  Adjustments under this Section
7 relating to stock or securities of the Company shall be made by
the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final
and conclusive.  No fractional shares of Common Stock or units of
other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment,
and  any  fractions resulting from any such adjustment  shall  be
eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole
share or unit.

                (e)  No Limitations on Company.  The grant of  an
option or stock appreciation right pursuant to the Plan shall not
affect  or limit in any way the right or power of the Company  to
make  adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or  changes
of  its  capital or business structure or to merge,  consolidate,
dissolve or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part  of
its business or assets.

          8.     Nontransferability.   During   a   participant's
lifetime,  a  right or an option may be exercisable only  by  the
participant.  options and rights granted under the Plan  and  the
rights  and privileges conferred thereby shall not be subject  to
execution,  attachment  or  similar  process  and  may   not   be
transferred,  assigned,  pledged or hypothecated  in  any  manner
(whether by operation of law or otherwise) other than by will  or
by   the   applicable   laws   of   descent   and   distribution.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  to  the  extent  permitted   by
applicable  law  and,  if the Company has a class  of  securities
registered  under the Exchange Act, by Exchange Act  Rule  16b-3,
the Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) permit a recipient
of a Nonqualified Stock Option to designate in writing during the
participant's lifetime a beneficiary to receive and exercise  the
participant's  Nonqualified Stock Options in the  event  of  such
participant's  death (as provided in Section  5(f)),  (ii)  grant
Nonqualified Stock Options that are transferable to the immediate
family,  a  family trust of the participant or a  partnership  in
which  immediate family members are the only partners, and  (iii)
modify existing Nonqualified Stock Options to be transferable  to
the  immediate family, a family trust or a family partnership  of
the  participant.  Any other attempt to transfer, assign, pledge,
hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any option or right under the
Plan, or of any right or privilege conferred thereby, contrary to
the provisions of the Plan shall be null and void.
          
          9.    Amendment,  Suspension, or Termination  of  Plan.
The  Committee or the Board of Directors may at any time  suspend
or  terminate the Plan and may amend it from time to time in such
respects  as  the  Committee may deem  advisable  in  order  that
options and rights granted hereunder shall conform to any  change
in  the  law, or in any other respect which the Committee or  the
Board  may  deem  to  be in the best interests  of  the  Company;
provided,  however,  that no such amendment  shall,  without  the
participant's  consent, alter or impair  any  of  the  rights  or
obligations  under  any  option  or  stock  appreciation   rights
theretofore  granted to him or her under the Plan;  and  provided
further   that  no  such  amendment  shall,  without  shareholder
approval:  increase  the  total number of  shares  available  for
grants of options or rights under the Plan (except as provided by
Section  7  hereof); or effect any change to the  Plan  which  is
required by law to be approved by shareholders, including without
limitation  the regulations promulgated under  422  of  the  Code
and  any applicable rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market or any stock
exchange  on  which  the Company's common  stock  is  principally
quoted or listed.
          
          10.  Effective Date.  The effective date of the Plan is
December 14, 1995.
          
          11.   Termination  Date.  Unless this Plan  shall  have
been  previously  terminated by the Committee,  this  Plan  shall
terminate  on December 14, 2005, except as to stock, options  and
rights theretofore granted and outstanding under the Plan at that
date,  and no stock, option or right shall be granted after  that
date.
          
          12.   Resale of Shares Purchased.  All shares of  stock
acquired  under  this  Plan  may be  freely  resold,  subject  to
applicable  state  and federal securities laws restricting  their
transfer.  As a condition to exercise of an option, however,  the
Company  may  impose various conditions, including a  requirement
that  the  person  exercising such option represent  and  warrant
that,  at  the time of such exercise, the shares of Common  Stock
being purchased are being purchased for investment and not with a
view  to resale or distribution thereof.  In addition, the resale
of  shares purchased upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options
may  cause  the  employee to lose certain  tax  benefits  if  the
employee  fails  to  comply with the holding period  requirements
described in Section 5(e) hereof.
          
          13.   Acceleration  of  Rights  and  Options.   If  the
Company or its shareholders enter into an agreement to dispose of
all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company by
means of a sale, merger or other reorganization, liquidation,  or
otherwise, any right or option granted pursuant to the Plan shall
become  immediately  and  fully  exercisable  during  the  period
commencing as of the date of the agreement to dispose of  all  or
substantially  all  of the assets or stock  of  the  Company  and
ending  when  the disposition of assets or stock contemplated  by
that   agreement  is  consummated  or  the  option  is  otherwise
terminated in accordance with its provisions or the provisions of
the  Plan,  whichever occurs first; provided that  no  option  or
right  shall  be  immediately exercisable under this  Section  on
account of any agreement of merger or other reorganization  where
the   shareholders   of  the  Company  immediately   before   the
consummation of the transaction will own 50% or more of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of
the  surviving entity (whether the Company or some other  entity)
immediately  after the consummation of the transaction.   In  the
event  the transaction contemplated by the agreement referred  to
in  this  section is not consummated, but rather  is  terminated,
canceled  or expires, the options and rights granted pursuant  to
the  Plan  shall thereafter be treated as if that  agreement  had
never  been entered into.  If the transaction contemplated hereby
is  expressly  conditioned upon the availability of  "pooling  of
interests" accounting and such accounting treatment will not,  in
the   opinion  of  the  Company's  independent  certified  public
accounting  firm, be available if the options are accelerated  as
provided  herein,  then  the Committee may  elect  to  void  such
acceleration  in  favor of a substitute plan  with  substantially
identical rights for participants in the new combined entity.
          
          14.   Written  Notice Required; Tax  Withholding.   Any
option  or  right granted pursuant to the Plan shall be exercised
when  written notice of that exercise by the participant has been
received by the Company at its principal office and, with respect
to  options,  when full payment for the shares  with  respect  to
which  the option is exercised has been received by the  Company.
By  accepting  a  grant under the Plan, each  participant  agrees
that,  if  and  to the extent required by law, the Company  shall
withhold  or  require the payment by participant  of  any  state,
federal  or local taxes resulting from the exercise of an  option
or right; provided, however, that to the extent permitted by law,
the  Committee (or, for Committee members, the Board) may in  its
discretion, permit some or all of such withholding obligation  to
be  satisfied  by  the  delivery by the participant  of,  or  the
retention by the Company of, shares of its Common Stock.
          
          15.  Compliance with Securities Laws.  Shares shall not
be  issued with respect to any option or right granted under  the
Plan  unless  the  exercise of that option and the  issuance  and
delivery  of  the shares pursuant thereto shall comply  with  all
relevant  provisions of state and federal law, including  without
limitation the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules  and
regulations  promulgated thereunder and the requirements  of  any
stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which shares of
the  Company's stock may then be listed or traded, and  shall  be
further  subject to the approval of counsel for the Company  with
respect  to  such  compliance.  Further,  each  participant  must
consent  to  the  imposition  of  a  legend  on  the  certificate
representing the shares of Common Stock issued upon the  exercise
of  the option or right restricting their transferability as  may
be required by law, the option or right, or the Plan.
          
          16.   Waiver  of  Vesting  Restrictions  by  Committee.
Notwithstanding  any  provision of  the  Plan,  in  the  event  a
participant dies, becomes totally or partially disabled,  retires
(before  or  after  the  age of 65) as an  employee,  officer  or
director  of the Company, the Committee shall have the discretion
to waive any vesting restrictions on the participant's options or
rights, or the early termination thereof.
          
          17.    Reports  to  Participants.   The  Company  shall
furnish to each participant a copy of the annual report, if  any,
sent  to  the Company's shareholders.  Upon written request,  the
Company  shall  furnish to each participant a copy  of  its  most
recent  annual  report and each quarterly report to  shareholders
issued since the end of the Company's most recent fiscal year.
          
          18.   No  Employee Contract.  The grant  of  restricted
stock or an option or right under the Plan shall not confer  upon
any  participant  any  right  with  respect  to  continuation  of
employment  by,  or  the  rendition  of  advisory  or  consulting
services to, the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way  with
the Company's right to terminate the participant's employment  or
services at any time.
          
          As  adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on
December 14, 1995, as approved by stockholders on July 26,  1996,
as  amended and restated by the Board of Directors on October 25,
1997,  as  amended  and  restated by the Board  of  Directors  on
January 17, 1998 and as approved by stockholders (with respect to
the increase in the number of shares) on February 26, 1998.
          
          
                           EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                           
                           
                           
                           By:


                     As Amended and Restated
                                
                                
                                

                    EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                 1995 Directors Stock Option and
                    Appreciation Rights Plan
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                
1.   Purpose                                                  1
2.   General Provisions                                       1
3.   Eligibility                                              2
4.   Number of Shares Subject to Plan                         2
5.   Stock Options                                            2
6.   Stock Appreciation Rights                                6
7.   Effect of Changes in Capitalization                      8
8.   Nontransferability                                       9
9.   Amendment, Suspension, or Termination of Plan           10
10.  Effective Date                                          10
11.  Termination Date                                        10
12.  Resale of Shares Purchased                              10
13.  Acceleration of Rights and Options                      11
14.  Written Notice Required; Tax Withholding                11
15.  Compliance with Securities Laws                         12
16.  Waiver of Vesting Restrictions by Committee             12
17.  Reports to Participants                                 12
18.  No Employee Contract                                    12

                    EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                 1995 Directors Stock Option and
                    Appreciation Rights Plan
                     As Amended and Restated
          
          1.     Purpose.    Executive  TeleCard,   Ltd.   hereby
establishes  its  1995  Directors Stock Option  and  Appreciation
Rights  Plan (the "Plan").  The purpose of the Plan is to advance
the interests of Executive TeleCard, Ltd. ("the Company") and the
Company's stockholders by providing a means by which the  Company
shall  be  able  to  attract and retain the  highest  caliber  of
persons to serve on its Board of Directors by providing them with
an  opportunity  to  participate in the increased  value  of  the
Company  which their effort, initiative, skill and guidance  have
helped produce.
          
          2.   General Provisions.
          
               (a)     The  Plan  will  be  administered  by  the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of  the  Company
(the  "Committee"), provided, however, that except  as  otherwise
expressly  provided in this Plan or in order to comply with  Rule
16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as now in effect
or  as  hereafter  amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  the  Board  of
Directors of the Company (the "Board") may exercise any power  or
authority  granted  to  the  Committee  under  this  Plan.    The
Committee  shall be comprised of two or more directors designated
by the Board.
               
               (b)   The  Committee  shall  have  full  power  to
construe and interpret the Plan and to establish and amend  rules
and  regulations  for  its administration.   Any  action  of  the
Committee  with  respect to the Plan shall be taken  by  majority
vote  or  by  the  unanimous  written consent  of  the  Committee
members.
               
               (c)   The  Committee shall determine, in its  sole
discretion,  which participants under the Plan shall  be  granted
stock options or stock appreciation rights, the time or times  at
which  options or rights are granted, as well as the  number  and
the  duration  of  the  options or rights which  are  granted  to
participants;  provided,  however, that  no  participant  may  be
granted  options to purchase more than 300,000 shares  of  common
stock  of the Company ("Common Stock") under the Plan in any  two
(2) year period.
               
               (d)   The Committee shall also determine any other
terms and conditions relating to options and rights granted under
the Plan as the Committee may prescribe, in its sole discretion.
               
               (e)    The   Committee  shall   make   all   other
determinations  and  take  all  other  actions  which  it   deems
necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
               
               (f)     All    decisions,    determinations    and
interpretations  made  by  the Committee  shall  be  binding  and
conclusive  on  all participants in the Plan and on  their  legal
representatives, heirs and beneficiaries.
               
               (g)   The Board of Directors (with members of  the
Committee  abstaining) shall have the authority  to  make  grants
under this Plan to members of the Committee under the Plan or the
Board may create a formula by which grants will automatically  be
made  to eligible members of the Committee.  The Committee  shall
have  the authority to make grants hereunder to eligible  members
of  the Board other than Committee members and may also establish
a  formula  by which grants will automatically be made  to  Board
members.
          
          3.    Eligibility.  All of the members of the Company's
Board  of Directors shall be eligible to participate in the  Plan
and  to  receive options and rights hereunder, provided, however,
that Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to directors who
are  also  employees  of the Company or its subsidiaries  at  all
times during the period beginning on the date of granting of  the
option  and  ending on the day three months before  the  date  of
exercise.  Employees of the Company who are also directors of the
Company  shall be eligible to participate in the Plan in addition
to any other similar plans for which they may be eligible because
of their status as directors.
          
          4.    Number  of Shares Subject to Plan.  The aggregate
number  of  shares  of the Company's Common Stock  which  may  be
granted  to  participants  shall be 870,000  shares,  subject  to
adjustment only as provided in Sections 5(h) and 7 hereof.  These
shares  may  consist  of shares of the Company's  authorized  but
unissued  Common Stock or shares of the Company's authorized  and
issued  Common Stock reacquired by the Company and  held  in  its
treasury or any combination thereof.  If an option granted  under
this  Plan is surrendered, or for any other reason ceases  to  be
exercisable  in  whole or in part, the shares  as  to  which  the
option ceases to be exercisable shall be available for options to
be  granted  to  the same or other participants under  the  Plan,
except to the extent that an option is deemed surrendered by  the
exercise  of a tandem stock appreciation right and that right  is
paid by the Company in stock, in which event the shares issued in
satisfaction of the right shall not be available for new  options
or rights under the Plan.
          
          5.   Stock Options.
          
               (a)   Type  of  Options.  Options granted  may  be
either  Nonqualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options  as
determined  by  the  Committee in  its  sole  discretion  and  as
reflected  in  the  Notice  of Grant  issued  by  the  Committee.
"Incentive  Stock Option" means an option intended to qualify  as
an  incentive  stock option within the meaning  of   422  of  the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code").  "Nonqualified  Stock
Option"  means an option not intended to qualify as an  Incentive
Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option which is converted to a
Nonqualified Stock Option under Section 5(f) hereof.
               
               (b)  Option Price.  The price at which options may
be granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee at
the time of grant as follows:
               
                    (i)   For Incentive Stock Options the  option
price  shall  be equal to 100% of the Fair Market  Value  of  the
stock on the date the option is granted; provided, however,  that
for  Incentive Stock Options granted to any person  who,  at  the
time  such  option is granted, owns (as defined in   422  of  the
Code)  shares  possessing more than 10%  of  the  total  combined
voting  power  of  all classes of shares of the  Company  or  its
parent or subsidiary corporation, the option price shall be  110%
of the Fair Market Value.
                    
                    (ii)  For  Nonqualified  Stock  Options   the
option price shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the stock
on the date the option is granted.
                    
                    (iii)      For  purposes of  this  Plan,  and
except  as otherwise set forth herein, "Fair Market Value"  shall
mean:  (A)  if  there is an established market for the  Company's
Common  Stock on a stock exchange, in an over-the-counter  market
or  otherwise, shall be the closing price of the shares of Common
Stock  on  such  exchange  or in such market  (the  highest  such
closing  price if there is more than one such exchange or market)
on  the valuation date, or (B) if there were no such sales on the
valuation  date, then in accordance with Treas.  Reg.   20.2031-2
or  successor  regulations.  Unless otherwise  specified  by  the
Committee  at  the time or grant (or in the formula proposed  for
such  grant,  if applicable), the valuation date for purposes  of
determining  Fair Market Value shall be the date of  grant.   The
Committee  (or the Board of Directors with respect to  grants  to
Committee members pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof may specify  in
any  grant of an option or stock appreciation right that, instead
of  the  date  of grant, the valuation date shall be a  valuation
period of up to ninety (90) days prior to the date of grant,  and
Fair Market Value for purposes of such grant shall be the average
over  the valuation period of the closing price of the shares  of
Common Stock on such exchange or in such market (the highest such
closing  price if there is more than one such exchange or market)
on  each  date on which sales were made in the valuation  period,
provided,  however,  that  if  the Committee  (or  the  Board  of
Directors) fails to specify a valuation period and there were  no
sales  on  the  date  of grant then Fair Market  Value  shall  be
determined  as if the Committee had specified a thirty  (30)  day
valuation  period  for such determination,  unless  there  is  no
established market for the Company's Common Stock in  which  case
the  determination of Fair Market Value shall  be  in  accordance
with clause (B) above.
          
               (c)   Exercise of Option.  The right  to  purchase
shares covered by any option under this Plan shall be exercisable
only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the grant  to
the  participant.  Such terms and conditions may include  a  time
period or schedule whereby some of the options granted may become
exercisable, or "vested", over time and certain conditions,  such
as continuous service or specified performance criteria or goals,
must  be  satisfied  for such vesting.  The determination  as  to
whether  to  impose  any  such vesting  schedule  or  performance
criteria,  and the terms of such schedule or criteria,  shall  be
within  the  sole discretion of the Committee.  These  terms  and
conditions may be different for different participants so long as
all options satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
          
          The exercise of options shall be paid for in cash or in
shares of the Company's Common Stock, or any combination thereof.
Shares  tendered  as  payment  for  option  exercises  shall,  if
acquired from the Company, have been held for at least six months
and shall be valued at the Fair Market Value of the shares on the
date of exercise.  The Committee may, in its discretion, agree to
a loan by the Company to one or more participants of a portion of
the  exercise price (not to exceed the exercise price  minus  the
par  value of the shares to be acquired, if any) for up to  three
(3)  years with interest payable at the prime rate quoted in  the
Wall  Street  Journal on the date of exercise.   Members  of  the
Committee  may  receive  such loans  from  the  Company  for  the
exercise  of  their options, if any, only with  approval  by  the
Board.
          
          The Committee may also permit a participant to effect a
net  exercise  of an option without tendering any shares  of  the
Company's stock as payment for the option.  In such an event, the
participant will be deemed to have paid for the exercise  of  the
option with shares of the Company's stock and shall receive  from
the  Company  a number of shares equal to the difference  between
the  shares  that  would have been tendered  and  the  number  of
options  exercised.  Members of the Committee may  effect  a  net
exercise of their options only with the approval of the Board.
          
          The  Committee may also cause the Company to enter into
arrangements  with  one  or more licensed stock  brokerage  firms
whereby   participants  may  exercise  options  without   payment
therefor  but with irrevocable orders to such brokerage  firm  to
immediately  sell  the  number of shares  necessary  to  pay  the
exercise price for the option and the withholding taxes, if  any,
and then to transmit the proceeds from such sales directly to the
Company in satisfaction of such obligations.
          
          The  Committee  may  prescribe  forms  which  must   be
completed  and signed by a participant and tendered with  payment
of the exercise price in order to exercise an option.
          
               (d)    Duration  of  Options.   Unless   otherwise
prescribed  by  the  Committee  or  this  Plan,  options  granted
hereunder  shall expire ten (10) years from the  date  of  grant,
subject to early termination as provided in Section 5(f) hereof.
               
               (e)   Incentive Stock Options Limitations.  In  no
event  shall an Incentive Stock Option be granted to  any  person
who,  at  the  time such option is granted, owns (as  defined  in
422  of  the Code) shares possessing more than 10% of  the  total
combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company  or
of  its parent or subsidiary corporation, unless the option price
is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to
the Option, and such Option is by its terms not exercisable after
the  expiration  of five (5) years from the date such  Option  is
granted.   Moreover, the aggregate Fair Market Value  (determined
as of the time that option is granted) of the shares with respect
to  which  Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the  first
time  by any individual employee during any single calendar  year
under  the Plan shall not exceed $100,000.  In addition, in order
to  receive  the full tax benefits of an Incentive Stock  Option,
the  employee must not resell or otherwise dispose of  the  stock
acquired  upon exercise of the Incentive Stock Option  until  two
(2)  years after the date the option was granted and one (1) year
after it was exercised.
               
               (f)  Early Termination of Options.  In the event a
participant's  service  to the Company  shall  terminate  as  the
result  of  total disability, as defined below, or the result  of
retirement at 65 years of age or later, then any options  granted
to  such  participant shall expire and may no longer be exercised
three (3) months after such termination.  If the participant dies
while still in the service of the Company, to the extent that the
option  was  exercisable at the time of the participant's  death,
such  option may, within one year after the participant's  death,
be  exercised  by the person or persons to whom the participant's
rights  under the option shall pass by will or by the  applicable
laws  of  descent  and distribution; provided, however,  that  an
option may not be exercised to any extent after the expiration of
the  option  as originally granted.  In the event a participant's
service  to  the  Company shall terminate as the  result  of  any
circumstances  other  than  those  referred  to  above,   whether
terminated  by  the participant or the Company, with  or  without
cause,  then all options granted to such participant  under  this
Plan  shall terminate and no longer be exercisable as of the date
of  such termination, provided, however, that if an employee with
an  Incentive  Stock Option terminates employment  prior  to  its
exercise, but notwithstanding such termination becomes or remains
a  non-employee  advisor,  consultant or  director  eligible  for
Nonqualified  Stock Options hereunder or any other  stock  option
plan  of  the Company, then the Incentive Stock Option  shall  be
converted  to  a  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  on  the  date  the
Incentive Stock Option would otherwise have terminated.  A change
in a participant's status from a director to an eligible category
under  another  stock option plan (e.g., from  a  director  to  a
consultant) without a break in service shall not be considered  a
termination of that participant's service for purposes hereof.
          
          An  employee  who is absent from work with the  Company
because  of  total  disability, as defined below,  shall  not  by
virtue  of  such absence alone be deemed to have terminated  such
participant's employment with the Company.  All rights which such
participant would have had to exercise options granted  hereunder
will  be suspended during the period of such absence and  may  be
exercised cumulatively by such participant upon his return to the
Company  so  long  as  such rights are  exercised  prior  to  the
expiration of the option as originally granted.  For purposes  of
this  Plan, "total disability" shall mean disability, as a result
of  sickness  or  injury, to the extent that the  participant  is
prevented  from engaging in any substantial gainful activity  and
is  eligible for and receives a disability benefit under Title II
of the Federal Social Security Act.
          
          Notwithstanding  the foregoing, the Committee  may,  in
its   discretion,  permit  the  exercise  of  an   option   after
termination of a participant's service by the Company.
          
               (g)   Grants  to Committee Members.  In accordance
with  Section 2(h) hereof, the Committee shall have no  authority
to  make  grants to its members hereunder, rather  the  Board  of
Directors  (with members of the Committee abstaining) shall  have
the  authority to make grants under this Plan to members  of  the
Committee.  Any designation of such grants may be by means  of  a
formula  specified  by  the Board of Directors  to  award  grants
automatically  at a stated time.  The option price  of  any  such
option  shall  be  calculated in accordance  with  the  grant  or
formula designation based on the Fair Market Value (determined in
accordance with Section 5(b)(iii) above) on the valuation date or
valuation period specified by the Board of Directors in the grant
or   designation.   Nothing  in  this  Section  5(g)   shall   be
interpreted  to  prohibit  the Board of Directors  from  granting
options  or  rights to its members if the Board of  Directors  is
administering the Plan in accordance with Section 2(a) above.
               
          6.   Stock Appreciation Rights.
          
               (a)   Grant.   Stock appreciation  rights  may  be
granted  by  the  Committee under this Plan upon such  terms  and
conditions as it may prescribe.  A stock appreciation  right  may
be  granted in connection with an option previously granted to or
to  be granted under this Plan or may be granted by itself.  Each
stock  appreciation right related to an option (a "Tandem Right")
shall  become  nonexercisable and be forfeited if the  option  to
which  it  relates  (the "Related Option") is exercised.   "Stock
appreciation right" as used in this Plan means a right to receive
the  excess of Fair Market Value, on the date of exercise,  of  a
share  of  the  Company's Common Stock on which  an  appreciation
right  is  exercised over the option price provided  for  in  the
related  option  and  is  issued  in  consideration  of  services
performed  for the Company or for its benefit by the participant.
Such excess is hereafter called "the differential."
               
               (b)  Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights.  Stock
appreciation  rights shall be exercisable and be payable  in  the
following manner:
               
                    (i)   A  stock appreciation right not  issued
with  a  Related Option (a "Separate Right") shall be exercisable
at the time or times prescribed by the Committee.  A Tandem Right
shall be exercisable by the participant at the same time or times
that  the  Related  Option  could be  exercised.   A  participant
wishing to exercise a stock appreciation right shall give written
notice  of  such exercise to the Company.  Upon receipt  of  such
notice,  the  Company  shall determine, in its  sole  discretion,
whether the participant's stock appreciation rights shall be paid
in  cash  or  in  shares of the Company's  Common  Stock  or  any
combination  of  cash  and  shares and thereupon  shall,  without
deducting  any  transfer  or issue tax,  deliver  to  the  person
exercising  such  right  an  amount of  cash  or  shares  of  the
Company's  Common  Stock or a combination thereof  with  a  value
equal  to  the  differential.  The date the Company receives  the
written  notice of exercise hereunder is the exercise date.   The
shares issued upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right may
consist of shares of the Company's authorized but unissued Common
Stock or of its authorized and issued Common Stock reacquired  by
the  Company and held in its treasury or any combination thereof.
No  fractional share of Common Stock shall be issued; rather, the
Committee shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu  of
such  fractional share or whether such fractional share shall  be
eliminated.
                    
                    (ii)  The  exercise of a Tandem  Right  shall
automatically  result in the surrender of the Related  Option  by
the  participant  on  a  share for share  basis.   Likewise,  the
exercise  of  a  stock option shall automatically result  in  the
surrender  of  the  related  Tandem  Right.   Shares  covered  by
surrendered  options  shall  be available  for  granting  further
options  under this Plan except to the extent and in  the  amount
that such rights are paid by the Company with shares of stock, as
more fully discussed in Section 4 hereof.
                    
                    (iii)      The Committee may impose any other
terms  and conditions it prescribes upon the exercise of a  stock
appreciation right, which conditions may include a condition that
the  stock appreciation right may only be exercised in accordance
with rules and regulations adopted by the Committee from time  to
time.
                    
               (c)   Limitation on Payments.  Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Plan, the Committee may from time to time
determine, including at the time of exercise, the maximum  amount
of  cash  or stock which may be given upon exercise of any  stock
appreciation right in any year; provided, however, that all  such
amounts  shall be paid in full no later than the end of the  year
immediately following the year in which the participant exercised
such  stock  appreciation rights.  Any determination  under  this
paragraph  may  be  changed by the Committee from  time  to  time
provided  that  no such change shall require the  participant  to
return  to  the  Company any amount theretofore  received  or  to
extend  the period within which the Company is required  to  make
full  payment of the amount due as the result of the exercise  of
the participant's stock appreciation rights.
               
               (d)     Expiration   or   termination   of   stock
appreciation rights.
               
                    (i)   Each  Tandem Right and all  rights  and
obligations  thereunder shall expire on the  date  on  which  the
Related Option expires or terminates.  Each Separate Right  shall
expire on the date prescribed by the Committee.
                    
          7.   Effect of Changes in Capitalization

                (a)   Changes in Common Stock.  If the number  of
outstanding  shares of Common Stock is increased or decreased  or
changed  into  or  exchanged for a different number  or  kind  of
shares  or  other  securities of the Company  by  reason  of  any
recapitalization,  reclassification, stock split-up,  combination
of   shares,  exchange  of  shares,  stock  dividend   or   other
distribution  payable  in capital stock,  or  other  increase  or
decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration
by the Company, occurring after the effective date of the Plan, a
proportionate  and appropriate adjustment shall be  made  by  the
Company  in  the number and kind of shares for which  options  or
stock   appreciation  rights  are  outstanding,   so   that   the
proportionate  interest of the participant immediately  following
such  event  shall, to the extent practicable,  be  the  same  as
immediately  prior  to  such  event.   Any  such  adjustment   in
outstanding  options shall not change the aggregate option  price
payable with respect to shares subject to the unexercised portion
of  the  option  outstanding but shall  include  a  corresponding
proportionate adjustment in the option price per share.   Similar
adjustments  shall  be  made to the terms of  stock  appreciation
rights.

                (b)   Reorganization with the Company  Surviving.
Subject  to  Section  7(c) hereof, if the Company  shall  be  the
surviving  entity in any reorganization, merger or  consolidation
of  the  Company with one or more other entities, any  option  or
stock  appreciation rights theretofore granted  pursuant  to  the
Plan  shall  pertain to and apply to the securities  to  which  a
holder  of the number of shares of Common Stock subject  to  such
option  would  have  been  entitled  immediately  following  such
reorganization,  merger or consolidation,  with  a  corresponding
proportionate  adjustment of the option price per share  so  that
the  aggregate option price thereafter shall be the same  as  the
aggregate  option price of the shares remaining  subject  to  the
option  immediately  prior  to  such  reorganization,  merger  or
consolidation.  Similar adjustments shall be made to the terms of
stock appreciation rights.

                (c)   Other  Reorganizations, Sale of  Assets  or
Common  Stock.   Upon  the  dissolution  or  liquidation  of  the
Company, or upon a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the
Company  with one or more other entities in which the Company  is
not the surviving entity, or upon a sale of substantially all  of
the  assets of the Company to another person or entity,  or  upon
any  transaction  (including, without  limitation,  a  merger  or
reorganization  in  which the Company is  the  surviving  entity)
approved by the Board that results in any person or entity (other
than  persons who are holders of stock of the Company at the time
the  Plan  is  approved by the Stockholders  and  other  than  an
Affiliate) owning 80 percent or more of the combined voting power
of  all classes of stock of the Company, the Plan and all options
and   stock  appreciation  rights  outstanding  hereunder   shall
terminate,  except to the extent provision is made in  connection
with such transaction for the continuation of the Plan and/or the
assumption   of   the  options  and  stock  appreciation   rights
theretofore granted, or for the substitution for such options and
stock  appreciation rights of new options and stock  appreciation
rights  covering the stock of a successor entity, or a parent  or
subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number
and kinds of shares and exercise prices, in which event the Plan,
options  and  stock  appreciation rights and  stock  appreciation
rights theretofore granted shall continue in the manner and under
the  terms so provided.  In the event of any such termination  of
the  Plan, each participant shall have the right (subject to  the
general limitations on exercise set forth in Section 5(d)  hereof
and  except  as  otherwise specifically provided  in  the  option
agreement  relating to such option or stock appreciation  right),
immediately  prior  to  the occurrence of  such  termination  and
during  such  period occurring prior to such termination  as  the
Committee  in  its sole discretion shall designate,  to  exercise
such  option  or stock appreciation right in whole  or  in  part,
whether  or  not  such  option or stock  appreciation  right  was
otherwise  exercisable at the time such termination  occurs,  but
subject  to any additional provisions that the Committee may,  in
its  sole  discretion,  include in  any  option  agreement.   The
Committee shall send written notice of an event that will  result
in such a termination to all participants not later than the time
at which the Company gives notice thereof to its stockholders.

                (d)  Adjustments.  Adjustments under this Section
7 relating to stock or securities of the Company shall be made by
the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final
and conclusive.  No fractional shares of Common Stock or units of
other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment,
and  any  fractions resulting from any such adjustment  shall  be
eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole
share or unit.

                (e)  No Limitations on Company.  The grant of  an
option or stock appreciation right pursuant to the Plan shall not
affect  or limit in any way the right or power of the Company  to
make  adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or  changes
of  its  capital or business structure or to merge,  consolidate,
dissolve or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part  of
its business or assets.

          8.     Nontransferability.   During   a   participant's
lifetime,  a  right or an option may be exercisable only  by  the
participant.  Options and rights granted under the Plan  and  the
rights  and privileges conferred thereby shall not be subject  to
execution,  attachment  or  similar  process  and  may   not   be
transferred,  assigned,  pledged or hypothecated  in  any  manner
(whether by operation of law or otherwise) other than by will  or
by   the   applicable   laws   of   descent   and   distribution.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  to  the  extent  permitted   by
applicable  law  and,  if the Company has a class  of  securities
registered  under the Exchange Act, by Exchange Act  Rule  16b-3,
the Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) permit a recipient
of a Nonqualified Stock Option to designate in writing during the
participant's lifetime a beneficiary to receive and exercise  the
participant's  Nonqualified Stock Options in the  event  of  such
participant's  death (as provided in Section  5(f)),  (ii)  grant
Nonqualified Stock Options that are transferable to the immediate
family,  a  family trust of the participant or a  partnership  in
which  immediate family members are the only partners, and  (iii)
modify existing Nonqualified Stock Options to be transferable  to
the  immediate family, a family trust or a family partnership  of
the  participant.  Any other attempt to transfer, assign, pledge,
hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any option or right under the
Plan, or of any right or privilege conferred thereby, contrary to
the provisions of the Plan shall be null and void.
          
          9.    Amendment,  Suspension, or Termination  of  Plan.
The  Committee or the Board of Directors may at any time  suspend
or  terminate the Plan and may amend it from time to time in such
respects  as  the  Committee may deem  advisable  in  order  that
options and rights granted hereunder shall conform to any  change
in  the  law, or in any other respect which the Committee or  the
Board  may  deem  to  be in the best interests  of  the  Company;
provided,  however,  that no such amendment  shall,  without  the
participant's  consent, alter or impair  any  of  the  rights  or
obligations  under  any  option  or  stock  appreciation   rights
theretofore  granted to him or her under the Plan;  and  provided
further   that  no  such  amendment  shall,  without  shareholder
approval:  increase  the  total number of  shares  available  for
grants of options or rights under the Plan (except as provided by
Section  7  hereof); or effect any change to the  Plan  which  is
required by law to be approved by shareholders, including without
limitation  the regulations promulgated under  422  of  the  Code
and  any applicable rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market or any stock
exchange  on  which  the Company's common  stock  is  principally
quoted or listed.
          
          10.  Effective Date.  The effective date of the Plan is
December 14, 1995.
          
          11.   Termination  Date.  Unless this Plan  shall  have
been  previously  terminated by the Committee,  this  Plan  shall
terminate  on December 14, 2005, except as to stock, options  and
rights theretofore granted and outstanding under the Plan at that
date,  and no stock, option or right shall be granted after  that
date.
          
          12.   Resale of Shares Purchased.  All shares of  stock
acquired  under  this  Plan  may be  freely  resold,  subject  to
applicable  state  and federal securities laws restricting  their
transfer.  As a condition to exercise of an option, however,  the
Company  may  impose various conditions, including a  requirement
that  the  person  exercising such option represent  and  warrant
that,  at  the time of such exercise, the shares of Common  Stock
being purchased are being purchased for investment and not with a
view  to resale or distribution thereof.  In addition, the resale
of  shares purchased upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options
may  cause  the  employee to lose certain  tax  benefits  if  the
employee  fails  to  comply with the holding period  requirements
described in Section 5(e) hereof.
          
          13.   Acceleration  of  Rights  and  Options.   If  the
Company or its shareholders enter into an agreement to dispose of
all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company by
means of a sale, merger or other reorganization, liquidation,  or
otherwise, any right or option granted pursuant to the Plan shall
become  immediately  and  fully  exercisable  during  the  period
commencing as of the date of the agreement to dispose of  all  or
substantially  all  of the assets or stock  of  the  Company  and
ending  when  the disposition of assets or stock contemplated  by
that   agreement  is  consummated  or  the  option  is  otherwise
terminated in accordance with its provisions or the provisions of
the  Plan,  whichever occurs first; provided that  no  option  or
right  shall  be  immediately exercisable under this  Section  on
account of any agreement of merger or other reorganization  where
the   shareholders   of  the  Company  immediately   before   the
consummation of the transaction will own 50% or more of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of
the  surviving entity (whether the Company or some other  entity)
immediately  after the consummation of the transaction.   In  the
event  the transaction contemplated by the agreement referred  to
in  this  section is not consummated, but rather  is  terminated,
canceled  or expires, the options and rights granted pursuant  to
the  Plan  shall thereafter be treated as if that  agreement  had
never  been entered into.  If the transaction contemplated hereby
is  expressly  conditioned upon the availability of  "pooling  of
interests" accounting and such accounting treatment will not,  in
the   opinion  of  the  Company's  independent  certified  public
accounting  firm, be available if the options are accelerated  as
provided  herein,  then  the Committee may  elect  to  void  such
acceleration  in  favor of a substitute plan  with  substantially
identical rights for participants in the new combined entity.
          
          14.   Written  Notice Required; Tax  Withholding.   Any
option  or  right granted pursuant to the Plan shall be exercised
when  written notice of that exercise by the participant has been
received by the Company at its principal office and, with respect
to  options,  when full payment for the shares  with  respect  to
which  the option is exercised has been received by the  Company.
By  accepting  a  grant under the Plan, each  participant  agrees
that,  if  and  to the extent required by law, the Company  shall
withhold  or  require the payment by participant  of  any  state,
federal  or local taxes resulting from the exercise of an  option
or right; provided, however, that to the extent permitted by law,
the  Committee (or, for Committee members, the Board) may in  its
discretion, permit some or all of such withholding obligation  to
be  satisfied  by  the  delivery by the participant  of,  or  the
retention by the Company of, shares of its Common Stock.
          
          15.  Compliance with Securities Laws.  Shares shall not
be  issued with respect to any option or right granted under  the
Plan  unless  the  exercise of that option and the  issuance  and
delivery  of  the shares pursuant thereto shall comply  with  all
relevant  provisions of state and federal law, including  without
limitation the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules  and
regulations  promulgated thereunder and the requirements  of  any
stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which shares of
the  Company's stock may then be listed or traded, and  shall  be
further  subject to the approval of counsel for the Company  with
respect  to  such  compliance.  Further,  each  participant  must
consent  to  the  imposition  of  a  legend  on  the  certificate
representing the shares of Common Stock issued upon the  exercise
of  the option or right restricting their transferability as  may
be required by law, the option or right, or the Plan.
          
          16.   Waiver  of  Vesting  Restrictions  by  Committee.
Notwithstanding  any  provision of  the  Plan,  in  the  event  a
participant dies, becomes totally or partially disabled,  retires
(before  or  after  the  age of 65) as an  employee,  officer  or
director  of the Company, the Committee shall have the discretion
to waive any vesting restrictions on the participant's options or
rights, or the early termination thereof.
          
          17.    Reports  to  Participants.   The  Company  shall
furnish to each participant a copy of the annual report, if  any,
sent  to  the Company's shareholders.  Upon written request,  the
Company  shall  furnish to each participant a copy  of  its  most
recent  annual  report and each quarterly report to  shareholders
issued since the end of the Company's most recent fiscal year.
          
          18.   No  Employee Contract.  The grant  of  restricted
stock or an option or right under the Plan shall not confer  upon
any  participant  any  right  with  respect  to  continuation  of
employment  by,  or  the  rendition  of  advisory  or  consulting
services to, the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way  with
the Company's right to terminate the participant's employment  or
services at any time.
          
          As  adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on
December 14, 1995, as approved by stockholders on July 26,  1996,
as  amended and restated by the Board of Directors on October 25,
1997,  as  amended  and  restated by the Board  of  Directors  on
January 17, 1998, and as approved by stockholders on February 26,
1998.
          
          
                           EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                           
                           
                           
                           By:
                              
          



                                                                 
                              - 8 -

                      EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


          THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered
into as of February 1, 1998, between EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.,  a
Colorado  corporation with principal offices located  in  Denver,
Colorado (the "Company"), and COLIN SMITH (the "Executive").

         WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement
setting  forth  the  terms  and  conditions  for  the  employment
relationship of the Executive with the Company.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

          1.    Employment.  The Executive is hereby employed  as
the  Vice President of Legal Affairs and General Counsel  of  the
Company for a period commencing on the date hereof and ending  on
December  31, 2000.  As the Vice President of Legal  Affairs  and
General  Counsel  of  the  Company, the  Executive  shall  render
executive,  policy, and other management services to the  Company
of  the  type  customarily performed by persons serving  in  such
capacities.   The Executive shall be responsible  for  the  legal
affairs  of  the Company, and the Executive's duties  shall  also
include  the supervision of all aspects of legal matters  of  the
Company.   The  Company's  employees  within  its  legal  affairs
department  shall  be  subject  to  the  Executive's  orders  and
direction.  The Executive shall report directly to the  Company's
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and shall also perform such
duties as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
may from time to time reasonably direct.  During the term of this
Agreement, there shall be no material increase or decrease in the
duties  and responsibilities of the Executive otherwise  than  as
provided herein, unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

          2.   Location of Services; Relocation Expenses.  During
the  term of this agreement, the Executive shall perform services
at  the  Company's  various offices (particularly  its  principal
office  in  Denver, Colorado).  The Executive shall be reimbursed
for  any  reasonable travel and other expenses which are incurred
and  accounted  for  by  the Executive  in  connection  with  the
Executive's relocation to the Company's principal office,  up  to
an  allowance  of  $25,000, which may be increased  at  the  sole
discretion of the Company's Chief Executive Officer.

          3.   Salary.  Subject to Section 17 hereof, the Company
shall pay the Executive an annual salary equal to $125,000,  with
such increases as may be determined by the Board of Directors  in
its  discretion ("Base Salary").  On the first anniversary of the
date  hereof, the Base Salary will be increased to  110%  of  the
present  amount.  The Base Salary of the Executive shall  not  be
decreased at any time during the term of this Agreement from  the
amount  then in effect, unless the Executive otherwise agrees  in
writing.   Participation in deferred compensation,  discretionary
bonus  retirement, and other employee benefit plans and in fringe
benefits shall not reduce the Base Salary.  The Base Salary shall
be payable to the Executive not less frequently than monthly.

          4.    Bonuses.  The Executive shall be eligible to earn
annual  bonuses during each fiscal year, except the  fiscal  year
commencing April 1, 1998 and ending December 31, 1998 (the "First
Fiscal  Year"),  and shall be eligible to earn quarterly  bonuses
during  each  quarter  of the First Fiscal  Year  (such  year  or
quarter  being  referred to herein as a "Bonus Period")  that  he
remains  an  executive employee of the Company.  For  each  Bonus
Period the Executive and the Chairman and Chief Executive of  the
Company  shall adopt written performance goals within  the  Bonus
Period.  If annual goals are met or exceeded for an annual  Bonus
Period,  the  Executive  shall  earn  a  bonus  of  $50,000.   If
quarterly goals are met or exceeded for the three quarters of the
First  Fiscal Year, the Executive shall earn bonuses of  $12,500,
$12,500 and $25,000, respectively.  (For the avoidance of  doubt,
a  delay  by  any  person in the adoption of written  performance
goals  shall not entitle the Executive to any bonus or, upon  the
adoption  and  achievement of such goals, delay in  any  way  the
payment  thereof.)   If only certain of such goals  are  met,  or
goals  are met only in part, for such Bonus Period, the Executive
shall  earn  a bonus equal to an amount to be determined  by  the
Board of Directors, in its sole discretion.  Annual bonuses shall
be  payable  to  the  Executive by February  1st  of  each  year;
quarterly  bonuses for the First Fiscal Year shall be payable  to
the  Executive  within 45 days after the end  of  the  applicable
fiscal  quarter (or, in each case, within 30 days of when  it  is
determined  whether the applicable goals are  met,  whichever  is
later).   The  Board  of Directors may, in its  sole  discretion,
award  additional or greater bonuses to the Executive based  upon
achievement of other Company objectives during the Bonus Period.

          5.    Participation  in  Employee  Benefit  Plans.   In
addition  to  the  benefits noted below, the Executive  shall  be
entitled  to  participate, on the same basis as  other  executive
employees  of  the Company, in any stock option, stock  purchase,
pension,  thrift,  profit-sharing, group life insurance,  medical
coverage,  education, or other retirement or employee pension  or
welfare  plan  or benefits that the Company has  adopted  or  may
adopt  for the benefit of its employees.  The Executive shall  be
entitled to participate in any fringe benefits which are  now  or
may  be or become applicable to the Company's executive employees
generally.

          Such employee benefits presently include the following:
Medical  coverage, including health, dental and vision insurance,
commences  at the beginning of the month following 30  days  from
the  date  on  which  the Executive commences  service  with  the
Company, and the Executive is responsible for 25% of the  expense
of the Executive's medical coverage, with the Company responsible
for  the remaining 75%.  The Executive is eligible to participate
in  the Company's 125 Flexible Spending Plan at the beginning  of
the  month  following 30 days of service.  The  Executive's  life
insurance  is  equal  to  two (2) times  the  Base  Salary.   The
Executive  is eligible to contribute to the Company's 401k  Plan.
Upon  commencing  service  with the  Company,  the  Executive  is
eligible to immediately roll over any of Executive's pre-existing
401k Plan holdings.

          The  Executive  shall promptly be  reimbursed  for  any
expenses  which  he  may incur in connection  with  his  services
hereunder  in  accordance with the Company's normal reimbursement
policies as established from time to time.

           6.    Stock  Options.   Subject  to  approval  by  the
Company's Board of Directors, in consideration of the Executive's
acceptance  of  employment  hereunder,  the  Executive  shall  be
granted options to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of the
Company's common stock, at an exercise price to be equal  to  the
closing  price  of the Company's common stock as  listed  on  The
Nasdaq  National  Market  on  the  day  preceding  the  date  the
Executive's  options are approved by the Compensation  Committee,
and  on  terms  to be set forth in one of the Company's  standard
forms  of  stock option agreement to be entered into between  the
Company and the Executive.  The vesting of such options shall  be
as follows:

               (i)   options to purchase 33,333 shares shall vest
on the first anniversary of the date hereof, subject to continued
employment  as of such date and achievement of certain objectives
to  be  agreed  to  in  writing between  the  Executive  and  the
Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

               (ii) options to purchase 33,333 shares shall  vest
on  the  second  anniversary  of  the  date  hereof,  subject  to
continued  employment as of such date and achievement of  certain
objectives  to be agreed to in writing between the Executive  and
the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

               (iii)     options to purchase 33,334 shares  shall
vest  on  the  third anniversary of the date hereof,  subject  to
continued  employment as of such date and achievement of  certain
objectives  to be agreed to in writing between the Executive  and
the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

          Each of the options will have a term of five years from
the  date of grant.  To the extent eligible, the options will  be
issued  as incentive stock options within the meaning and subject
to  the limitations of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue  Code.
Vesting  of  all  options will accelerate in the event  that  the
current  Chairman  and  Chief Executive Officer  (Christopher  J.
Vizas)  ceases to be the Chief Executive Officer of  the  Company
and  the  employment  of the Executive terminates  or  reasonable
advance notice of such termination is given.

           7.    Standards.   The  Executive  shall  perform  the
Executive's  duties and responsibilities under this Agreement  in
accordance  with such reasonable standards as may be  established
from  time  to time by the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer.   The reasonableness of such standards shall be measured
against  standards for executive performance generally prevailing
in the Company's industry.

         8.   Voluntary Absences; Vacations.  The Executive shall
be  entitled  to  annual paid vacation of at  least  three  weeks
(fifteen days) per year or such longer period as the Chairman and
Chief  Executive Officer of the Company may approve.  The  timing
of  paid  vacations shall be scheduled in a reasonable manner  by
the Executive.

         9.   Disability.  If the Executive shall become disabled
or  incapacitated to the extent that the Executive is  unable  to
perform  the  Executive's duties and responsibilities  hereunder,
the Executive shall be entitled to receive disability benefits of
the type provided for other executive employees of the Company.

         10.  Termination of Employment.

               (a)   The  Board  of Directors may  terminate  the
Executive's  employment at any time, subject to  payment  of  the
compensation described below.

               (b)   In  the case of (i) any termination  by  the
Board  of Directors other than "termination for cause" as defined
below,  or (ii) any termination by the Executive after a material
breach  of  this  Agreement  by the  Company,  including  without
limitation by a demotion of the Executive below the rank of  Vice
President  of  Legal Affairs and General Counsel, a reduction  in
Base  Salary (or a failure to consider the Executive for a  bonus
in  good  faith  as  required  hereunder)  or  a  requirement  to
relocate,  or any termination by the Executive after the  current
Chairman  and  Chief  Executive Officer  (Christopher  J.  Vizas)
ceases  to  be  the Chief Executive Officer of  the  Company  (in
either  such case, "termination with good reason"), the Executive
shall  continue  to  receive, for one year  (in  the  case  of  a
termination  within the first year of the Executive's employment)
or six months (in all cases thereafter) commencing on the date of
such termination (the "Severance Period"), full Base Salary,  any
annual or quarterly bonus that has been earned before termination
of  employment  or is earned after the termination of  employment
(where  the  Executive  met the applicable  personal  performance
goals  prior to termination and the Company meets the  applicable
Company  performance  goals  after termination),  and  all  other
benefits  and  compensation that the Executive  would  have  been
entitled to under this Agreement in the absence of termination of
employment (collectively, the "Severance Amount").  The Severance
Amount  shall  not  be  reduced by  any  compensation  which  the
Executive may receive for other employment with another  employer
after termination of employment with the Company.  If during  the
term  of  this  Agreement there is a "change in control"  of  the
Company,  and in connection with or within two years  after  such
change   of   control  the  Company  terminates  the  Executive's
employment  other  than termination for cause  or  the  Executive
terminates  with  good reason, the Company  shall  be  obligated,
concurrently  with such termination, to pay the Severance  Amount
in  a  single  lump  sum cash payment to the  Executive.  If  the
Company  fails  to  make timely payment of  any  portion  of  the
Severance   Amount,   the  Executive   shall   be   entitled   to
reimbursement  for  all  reasonable costs,  including  attorneys'
fees, incurred by the Executive in taking action to collect  such
amount  or  otherwise enforce this Agreement.  In  addition,  the
Executive  shall be entitled to interest on the amounts  owed  to
him  under this Agreement at the rate of 5% above the prime  rate
(defined as the base rate on corporate loans at large U.S.  money
center commercial banks as published by the Wall Street Journal),
compounded  monthly, for the period from the date  of  employment
termination until payment is made to the Executive.

               (c)   The Executive shall have no right to receive
compensation  or other benefits from the Company for  any  period
after termination for cause by the Company or termination by  the
Executive other than termination with good reason, except for any
vested retirement benefits to which the Executive may be entitled
under  any  qualified  employee pension plan  maintained  by  the
Company and any deferred compensation to which the Executive  may
be entitled.

               (d)   The term "termination for cause" shall  mean
termination by the Company because of the Executive's  (i)  fraud
or  material  misappropriation with respect to  the  business  or
assets of the Company; (ii) persistent refusal or willful failure
materially  to  perform  his duties and responsibilities  to  the
Company,  which continues after the Executive receives notice  of
such   refusal   or  failure;  (iii)  conduct  that   constitutes
disloyalty to the Company and which materially harms the  Company
or  conduct  that constitutes breach of fiduciary duty  involving
personal profit; (iv) conviction of a felony or crime, or willful
violation  of  any  law,  rule,  or regulation,  involving  moral
turpitude;  (v)  the  use  of drugs or alcohol  which  interferes
materially  with the Executive's performance of  his  duties;  or
(vi) material breach of any provision of this Agreement.

               (e)        A "change in control," for purposes  of
this  Agreement, shall be deemed to have taken place if  (i)  any
person  becomes the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the  total
number  of  voting shares of the Company, (ii) the Company  sells
substantially  all  of its assets, (iii) the  Company  merges  or
combines  with  another  company and immediately  following  such
transaction the persons and entities who were stockholders of the
Company before the merger own less than 50% of the stock  of  the
merged or combined entity, or (iv) the current Chairman and Chief
Executive  Officer (Christopher J. Vizas) ceases to be the  Chief
Executive  Officer  of  the  Company.   For  purposes   of   this
paragraph,   a  "person"  includes  an  individual,  corporation,
partnership, trust or group acting in concert, and a  "beneficial
owner"  shall  have  the meaning used in  Rule  13d-3  under  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

         11.  Restrictive Covenants.

               (a)   During the employment of the Executive under
this Agreement and for a period of one year after termination  of
such  employment other than a termination by the Company  without
cause, the Executive shall not at any time (i) compete on his own
behalf  or  on  behalf of any other person or  entity,  with  the
Company or any of its affiliates within all territories in  which
the  Company  does business with respect to the business  of  the
Company  or  any  of  its affiliates as such  business  shall  be
conducted  on  the  date hereof or during the employment  of  the
Executive  under this Agreement; (ii) solicit or induce,  on  his
own  behalf  or  on  behalf of any other person  or  entity,  any
employee  of  the Company or any of its affiliates to  leave  the
employ  of the Company or any of its affiliates; or (iii) solicit
or  induce, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or
entity,  any customer of the Company or any of its affiliates  to
reduce its business with the Company or any of its affiliates.

               (b)  The Executive shall not at any time during or
subsequent to his employment by the Company, on his own behalf or
on behalf of any other person or entity, disclose any proprietary
information of the Company or any of its affiliates to any  other
person  or  entity  other than on behalf of  the  Company  or  in
conducting its business, and the Executive shall not use any such
proprietary  information for his own personal advantage  or  make
such  proprietary information available to others for use, unless
such  information  shall have come into the public  domain  other
than through unauthorized disclosure.

               (c)   The  ownership by the Executive of not  more
than  5% of a corporation, partnership or other enterprise  shall
not constitute a violation hereof.

               (d)  If any portion of this Section 11 is found by
a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable,
but  would be valid and enforceable if modified, this Section  11
shall  apply  with  such  modifications necessary  to  make  this
Section 11 valid and enforceable.  Any portion of this Section 11
not  required  to be so modified shall remain in full  force  and
effect  and  not be affected thereby.  The Executive agrees  that
the  Company shall have the right of specific performance in  the
event of a breach by the Executive of this Section 11.

         12.  No Assignments.  This Agreement is personal to each
of  the  parties  hereto.  No party may assign  or  delegate  any
rights  or  obligations  hereunder without  first  obtaining  the
written consent of the other party hereto.  However, in the event
of  the  death  of  the Executive all rights to receive  payments
hereunder shall become rights of the Executive's estate.

         13.  Other Contracts.  Subject to Section 17 hereof, the
Executive shall not, during the term of this Agreement, have  any
other  paid  employment  other than  with  a  subsidiary  of  the
Company,  except  with  the  prior  approval  of  the  Board   of
Directors.

          14.   Amendments  or  Additions;  Action  by  Board  of
Directors.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by all parties hereto.   The
prior approval by a majority vote of the Board of Directors shall
be  required in order for the Company to authorize any amendments
or  additions to this Agreement, to give any consents or  waivers
of  provisions  of  this Agreement, or to take any  other  action
under this Agreement including any termination of employment with
or without cause.

          15.   Section Headings.  The section headings  used  in
this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall  not
affect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this
Agreement.

          16.   Severability.  The provisions of  this  Agreement
shall  be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability
of  any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability
of the other provisions hereof.

          17.   Phase-In  to  Full Time Status.   Notwithstanding
anything  herein to the contrary, the parties hereto  acknowledge
that  the Executive presently has other employment, and  will  be
continuing  with  such  other employment on  a  part  time  basis
through  approximately  May 4, 1998.   Accordingly,  the  parties
hereto  agree that until approximately May 4, 1998, the Executive
shall be employed by the Company part time, approximately 10 days
per  month,  and  during such period shall  receive  a  pro  rata
portion of an annual salary equal to 50% of the Base Salary.   On
or  about  May  4, 1998, the Executive shall commence  full  time
employment and shall commence receiving 100% of the Base  Salary.
In view of such part-time arrangement and the expected nine-month
1998  fiscal year, the written performance goals with respect  to
the  first bonus which the Executive is eligible to receive under
Section 4 hereof shall apply to a period ending January 31,  1999
rather  than  December 31, 1998, and the payment  date  shall  be
March 1, 1999 rather than February 1, 1999.

         18.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by
the  laws of the State of Colorado (other than the choice of  law
rules thereof).


                                   EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.


                                   By:



                                            COLIN SMITH




                              - 7 -

                      EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


          THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered
into as of February 20, 1998, between EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD., a
Colorado  corporation with principal offices located  in  Denver,
Colorado (the "Company"), and RONALD A. FRIED (the "Executive").

         WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement
setting  forth  the  terms  and  conditions  for  the  employment
relationship of the Executive with the Company.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

          1.   Employment.  The Executive is employed as the Vice
President  of Development of the Company for a period  commencing
on  the  date hereof and ending December 31, 2000.  As  the  Vice
President  of  Development of the Company,  the  Executive  shall
render  executive, policy, and other management services  to  the
Company  of the type customarily performed by persons serving  in
such  capacities.   The Executive shall be  responsible  for  the
identification,   development,  pursuit  and  implementation   of
significant  business  opportunities  for  the  Company  such  as
acquisitions,   joint   ventures,  large   asset   purchases   or
divestitures, restructurings and similar matters.  The  Executive
shall  report  directly  to  the  Company's  Chairman  and  Chief
Executive  Officer,  and shall also perform such  duties  as  the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company may from time
to  time  reasonably direct.  During the term of this  Agreement,
there shall be no material increase or decrease in the duties and
responsibilities  of  the Executive otherwise  than  as  provided
herein, unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

          2.    Location  of Services.  During the term  of  this
agreement, the Executive shall perform services at the  Company's
various  offices (particularly either at its principal office  in
Denver,  Colorado  or  at  its office  in  Washington,  D.C.,  as
determined by the Executive).

          3.    Salary.   The Company shall pay the Executive  an
annual  salary equal to $150,000, with such increases as  may  be
determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion (the "Base
Salary").   The  Base  Salary  of  the  Executive  shall  not  be
decreased at any time during the term of this Agreement from  the
amount  then in effect, unless the Executive otherwise agrees  in
writing.   Participation in deferred compensation,  discretionary
bonus  retirement, and other employee benefit plans and in fringe
benefits shall not reduce the Base Salary.  The Base Salary shall
be payable to the Executive not less frequently than monthly.

          4.    Bonuses.  The Executive shall be eligible to earn
annual bonuses during each fiscal year (a "Bonus Period") that he
remains  an  executive employee of the Company.  For  each  Bonus
Period the Executive and the Chairman and Chief Executive of  the
Company  shall adopt written performance goals within  the  Bonus
Period.  If such goals are met or exceeded for such Bonus Period,
the  Executive shall be eligible to earn a bonus of up to 50%  of
the  Base  Salary.  (For the avoidance of doubt, a delay  by  any
person  in  the adoption of written performance goals  shall  not
entitle  the  Executive to any bonus or, upon  the  adoption  and
achievement of such goals, delay in any way the payment thereof.)
If  only certain of such goals are met, or goals are met only  in
part,  for  such Bonus Period, the Executive shall earn  a  bonus
equal to an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors, in
its  sole  discretion.  Bonuses shall be payable to the Executive
by  February 1st of each year (or within 30 days of  when  it  is
determined  whether the applicable goals are  met,  whichever  is
later).   The  Board  of Directors may, in its  sole  discretion,
award  additional or greater bonuses to the Executive based  upon
achievement of other Company objectives during the Bonus Period.

          5.    Participation  in  Employee  Benefit  Plans.   In
addition  to  the  benefits noted below, the Executive  shall  be
entitled  to  participate, on the same basis as  other  executive
employees  of  the Company, in any stock option, stock  purchase,
pension,  thrift,  profit-sharing, group life insurance,  medical
coverage,  education, or other retirement or employee pension  or
welfare  plan  or benefits that the Company has  adopted  or  may
adopt  for the benefit of its employees.  The Executive shall  be
entitled to participate in any fringe benefits which are  now  or
may  be or become applicable to the Company's executive employees
generally.

          Such employee benefits presently include the following:
Medical  coverage, including health, dental and vision insurance,
commences  at the beginning of the month following 30  days  from
the  date  on  which  the Executive commences  service  with  the
Company, and the Executive is responsible for 25% of the  expense
of the Executive's medical coverage, with the Company responsible
for  the remaining 75%.  The Executive is eligible to participate
in  the Company's 125 Flexible Spending Plan at the beginning  of
the  month  following 30 days of service.  The  Executive's  life
insurance  is  equal  to  two (2) times  the  Base  Salary.   The
Executive  is eligible to contribute to the Company's 401k  Plan.
Upon  commencing  service  with the  Company,  the  Executive  is
eligible to immediately roll over any of Executive's pre-existing
401k Plan holdings.

          The  Executive  shall promptly be  reimbursed  for  any
expenses  which  he  may incur in connection  with  his  services
hereunder  in  accordance with the Company's normal reimbursement
policies as established from time to time.

          6.   Stock Options.  As approved by the Company's Board
of  Directors, in consideration of the Executive's acceptance  of
employment  hereunder, the Executive shall be granted options  to
purchase  an aggregate of 100,000 shares of the Company's  common
stock,  at an exercise price to be equal to the closing price  of
the  Company's  common  stock as listed on  The  Nasdaq  National
Market  on the date the Executive commences employment hereunder,
and  on  terms  to be set forth in one of the Company's  standard
forms  of  stock option agreement to be entered into between  the
Company and the Executive.  The vesting of such options shall  be
as follows:

               (i)   options to purchase 33,333 shares shall vest
six months after the date hereof, subject to continued employment
as  of  such  date  and achievement of certain objectives  to  be
agreed  to  in  writing between the Executive and  the  Company's
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

               (ii) options to purchase 33,333 shares shall  vest
18  months after the date hereof, subject to continued employment
as  of  such  date  and achievement of certain objectives  to  be
agreed  to  in  writing between the Executive and  the  Company's
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

               (iii)     options to purchase 33,334 shares  shall
vest  30  months  after  the date hereof,  subject  to  continued
employment  as of such date and achievement of certain objectives
to  be  agreed  to  in  writing between  the  Executive  and  the
Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

          Each of the options will have a term of five years from
the  date the Executive commences employment hereunder.   To  the
extent  eligible, the options will be issued as  incentive  stock
options  within  the  meaning and subject to the  limitations  of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

           7.    Standards.   The  Executive  shall  perform  the
Executive's  duties and responsibilities under this Agreement  in
accordance  with such reasonable standards as may be  established
from  time  to time by the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer.   The reasonableness of such standards shall be measured
against  standards for executive performance generally prevailing
in the Company's industry.

         8.   Voluntary Absences; Vacations.  The Executive shall
be  entitled  to  annual paid vacation of at  least  three  weeks
(fifteen  days) per year or such longer period as  the  Board  of
Directors  of  the  Company  may approve.   The  timing  of  paid
vacations  shall  be  scheduled in a  reasonable  manner  by  the
Executive.

         9.   Disability.  If the Executive shall become disabled
or  incapacitated to the extent that the Executive is  unable  to
perform  the  Executive's duties and responsibilities  hereunder,
the Executive shall be entitled to receive disability benefits of
the type provided for other executive employees of the Company.

         10.  Termination of Employment.

               (a)   The  Board  of Directors may  terminate  the
Executive's  employment at any time, subject to  payment  of  the
compensation described below.

              (b)  In the case of any termination by the Board of
Directors other than "termination for cause" as defined below, or
in  the case of any termination by the Executive after a material
breach  of  this  Agreement  by the  Company,  including  without
limitation by a demotion of the Executive below the rank of  Vice
President,  a reduction in Base Salary (or a failure to  consider
the Executive for a bonus in good faith as required hereunder) or
a  requirement to relocate ("termination with good reason"),  the
Executive  shall continue to receive, for one year commencing  on
the  date of such termination (the "Severance Period"), full Base
Salary,  any  bonus  that has been earned before  termination  of
employment  or  is  earned  after the termination  of  employment
(where  the  Executive  met the applicable  personal  performance
goals  prior to termination and the Company meets the  applicable
Company  performance  goals  after termination),  and  all  other
benefits  and  compensation that the Executive  would  have  been
entitled to under this Agreement in the absence of termination of
employment (collectively, the "Severance Amount").  The Severance
Amount  shall  not  be  reduced by  any  compensation  which  the
Executive may receive for other employment with another  employer
after termination of employment with the Company.  If during  the
term  of  this  Agreement there is a "change in control"  of  the
Company,  and in connection with or within two years  after  such
change   of   control  the  Company  terminates  the  Executive's
employment  other  than termination for cause  or  the  Executive
terminates  with  good reason, the Company  shall  be  obligated,
concurrently  with such termination, to pay the Severance  Amount
in  a  single  lump  sum cash payment to the  Executive.  If  the
Company  fails  to  make timely payment of  any  portion  of  the
Severance   Amount,   the  Executive   shall   be   entitled   to
reimbursement  for  all  reasonable costs,  including  attorneys'
fees, incurred by the Executive in taking action to collect  such
amount  or  otherwise enforce this Agreement.  In  addition,  the
Executive  shall be entitled to interest on the amounts  owed  to
him  under this Agreement at the rate of 5% above the prime  rate
(defined as the base rate on corporate loans at large U.S.  money
center commercial banks as published by the Wall Street Journal),
compounded  monthly, for the period from the date  of  employment
termination until payment is made to the Executive.

               (c)   The Executive shall have no right to receive
compensation  or other benefits from the Company for  any  period
after termination for cause by the Company or termination by  the
Executive other than termination with good reason, except for any
vested retirement benefits to which the Executive may be entitled
under  any  qualified  employee pension plan  maintained  by  the
Company and any deferred compensation to which the Executive  may
be entitled.

               (d)   The term "termination for cause" shall  mean
termination  by  the Company because of the Executive's  personal
dishonesty,   willful  misconduct,  breach  of   fiduciary   duty
involving personal profit, persistent refusal or willful  failure
materially  to  perform  his duties and responsibilities  to  the
Company  which continues after the Executive receives  notice  of
such  refusal or failure; willful violation of any law, rule,  or
regulation  (other than traffic violations or similar  offenses),
or material breach of any provision of this Agreement.

               (e)   A "change in control," for purposes of  this
Agreement,  shall  be deemed to have taken place  if  any  person
becomes  the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the total  number
of voting shares of the Company.  For purposes of this paragraph,
a  "person"  includes  an  individual, corporation,  partnership,
trust  or group acting in concert, and a "beneficial owner" shall
have the meaning used in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934.

         11.  Restrictive Covenants.

               (a)   During the employment of the Executive under
this Agreement and for a period of one year after termination  of
such  employment other than a termination by the Company  without
cause, the Executive shall not at any time (i) compete on his own
behalf  or  on  behalf of any other person or  entity,  with  the
Company or any of its affiliates within all territories in  which
the  Company  does business with respect to the business  of  the
Company  or  any  of  its affiliates as such  business  shall  be
conducted  on  the  date hereof or during the employment  of  the
Executive  under this Agreement; (ii) solicit or induce,  on  his
own  behalf  or  on  behalf of any other person  or  entity,  any
employee  of  the Company or any of its affiliates to  leave  the
employ  of the Company or any of its affiliates; or (iii) solicit
or  induce, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or
entity,  any customer of the Company or any of its affiliates  to
reduce its business with the Company or any of its affiliates.

               (b)  The Executive shall not at any time during or
subsequent to his employment by the Company, on his own behalf or
on behalf of any other person or entity, disclose any proprietary
information of the Company or any of its affiliates to any  other
person  or  entity  other than on behalf of  the  Company  or  in
conducting its business, and the Executive shall not use any such
proprietary  information for his own personal advantage  or  make
such  proprietary information available to others for use, unless
such  information  shall have come into the public  domain  other
than through unauthorized disclosure.

               (c)   The  ownership by the Executive of not  more
than  5% of a corporation, partnership or other enterprise  shall
not constitute a violation hereof.

               (d)  If any portion of this Section 11 is found by
a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable,
but  would be valid and enforceable if modified, this Section  11
shall  apply  with  such  modifications necessary  to  make  this
Section 11 valid and enforceable.  Any portion of this Section 11
not  required  to be so modified shall remain in full  force  and
effect  and  not be affected thereby.  The Executive agrees  that
the  Company shall have the right of specific performance in  the
event of a breach by the Executive of this Section 11.

         12.  No Assignments.  This Agreement is personal to each
of  the  parties  hereto.  No party may assign  or  delegate  any
rights  or  obligations  hereunder without  first  obtaining  the
written consent of the other party hereto.  However, in the event
of  the  death  of  the Executive all rights to receive  payments
hereunder shall become rights of the Executive's estate.

          13.   Other Contracts.  The Executive shall not, during
the  term of this Agreement, have any other paid employment other
than  with  a  subsidiary of the Company, except with  the  prior
approval of the Board of Directors.

          14.   Amendments  or  Additions;  Action  by  Board  of
Directors.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by all parties hereto.   The
prior approval by a majority vote of the Board of Directors shall
be  required in order for the Company to authorize any amendments
or  additions to this Agreement, to give any consents or  waivers
of  provisions  of  this Agreement, or to take any  other  action
under this Agreement including any termination of employment with
or without cause.

          15.   Section Headings.  The section headings  used  in
this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall  not
affect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this
Agreement.

          16.   Severability.  The provisions of  this  Agreement
shall  be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability
of  any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability
of the other provisions hereof.

         17.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by
the  laws of the State of Colorado (other than the choice of  law
rules thereof).


                                   EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.


                                   By:



                                          RONALD A. FRIED



                                                    DRAFT 2/22/98
                                
                                3

                                
                         PROMISSORY NOTE
                                
                                
$7,500,000                                                 , 1998


            FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd.,  a
Delaware corporation (the "Maker"), promises to pay to the  order
of  IDT  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,  or  assigns  (the
"Holder"), at 190 Main Street, Hackensack, New Jersey, or at such
other  place  as the Holder of this Note may from  time  to  time
designate,  on the date that is 18 months after the  date  hereof
(the "Maturity Date"), the principal amount of Seven Million Five
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000), together with interest  on
the  unpaid  principal amount hereof from the date  hereof  until
paid in full, said interest to be due and payable on the Maturity
Date,  at  a  rate  per annum equal to eight  and  seven  eighths
percent (8-7/8%), simple interest.  All payments hereunder  shall
be  made in lawful money of the United States of America, without
offset.

          The indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be senior
to  all indebtedness incurred by Maker except for up to aggregate
of  no  more  than $1 million of indebtedness to be specified  in
writing by maker on or before March 6, 1998.

          The unpaid principal amount of this Note may be prepaid
in  whole  or  in  part at any time or times without  premium  or
penalty.   Each prepayment shall be applied first to the  payment
of  all interest and other amounts accrued hereunder on the  date
of  any  such prepayment, and the balance of any such  prepayment
shall be applied to the principal amount hereof.

           The  occurrence  of any one or more of  the  following
shall  constitute  an  event  of  default  ("Event  of  Default")
hereunder:
          
                (1)  Failure to pay, when due, the principal, any
          interest,  or any other sum payable hereunder  (whether
          upon  maturity hereof, upon any prepayment  date,  upon
          acceleration, or otherwise);
          
                (2)   Failure  to  pay, when  due,  whether  upon
          maturity,   upon   acceleration,   or   otherwise,   of
          indebtedness  other than this Note  in  the  amount  of
          $500,000 or more;
          
               (3)  The failure of the Maker generally to pay its
          debts  as such debts become due, the admission  by  the
          Maker  in writing of its inability to pay its debts  as
          such  debts become due, or the making by Maker  of  any
          general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
          
                (4)   The commencement by the Maker of any  case,
          proceeding,  or  other  action seeking  reorganization,
          arrangement,  adjustment, liquidation, dissolution,  or
          composition  of  its debts under any  law  relating  to
          bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization, or relief of
          debtors, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee,
          custodian,  or other similar official for  all  or  any
          substantial part of its property;
          
                (5)  The commencement of any case, proceeding, or
          other  action  against the Maker seeking  to  have  any
          order  for relief entered against the Maker as  debtor,
          or  seeking  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment,
          liquidation, dissolution, or composition of  the  Maker
          or  its  debts  under any law relating  to  bankruptcy,
          insolvency,  reorganization, or relief of  debtors,  or
          seeking  appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian,
          or  other similar official for the Maker or for all  or
          any  substantial part of the property of the Maker, and
          (i)  the  Maker shall, by any act or omission, indicate
          its  consent to, approval of, or acquiescence  in  such
          case,   proceeding,  or  action,  or  (ii)  such  case,
          proceeding, or action results in the entry of an  order
          for  relief  which  is  not fully stayed  within  seven
          business days after the entry thereof.
          
          Upon  the  occurrence  of any  such  Event  of  Default
hereunder,  the entire principal amount hereof, and  all  accrued
and  unpaid interest thereon, shall be accelerated, and shall  be
immediately due and payable, at the option of the Holder  without
demand   or  notice,  and  in  addition  thereto,  and   not   in
substitution therefor, the Holder shall be entitled  to  exercise
any one or more of the rights and remedies provided by applicable
law.   Failure  to exercise said option or to pursue  such  other
remedies  shall  not constitute a waiver of such option  or  such
other remedies or of the right to exercise any of the same in the
event of any subsequent Event of Default hereunder.

           In  the  event that the principal amount  hereof,  any
interest or any other sum due hereunder is not paid when due  and
payable,  the  whole  of  the unpaid principal  amount  evidenced
hereby  and all unpaid accrued interest thereon shall,  from  the
date  when  such payment was due and payable until  the  date  of
payment in full thereof, bear interest at the higher of the  rate
of   interest   hereinbefore  provided  for  or   the   rate   of
percent  (   %)  per  annum,  which rate,  if  applicable,  shall
commence,  without notice, immediately upon the  date  when  said
payment was due and payable.

           The  Maker  promises  to pay all  costs  and  expenses
(including  without limitation attorneys' fees and disbursements)
incurred in connection with the collection hereof.

           Any  payment on this Note coming due on a Saturday,  a
Sunday, or a day which is a legal holiday in the place at which a
payment  is  to  be  made hereunder shall be  made  on  the  next
succeeding  day  which is a business day in such place,  and  any
such  extension of the time of payment shall be included  in  the
computation of interest hereunder.

           Whenever  used herein, the words "Maker" and  "Holder"
shall  be  deemed  to  include their  respective  successors  and
assigns.

           This Note shall be governed by and construed under and
in  accordance with the laws of the ____________________ (but not
including the choice of law rules thereof).


           IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed
this  Note, or have caused this Note to be duly executed on their
behalf, as of the day and year first hereinabove set forth.


[SEAL]




                           EXHIBIT 21
                                
                      LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
                                
                                
                                

<TABLE>
NAME OF BUSINESS        STATE OR COUNTRY        NAME UNDER WHICH  
                         OF INCORPORATION        SUBSIDIARY DOES
                                                 BUSINESS

<S>                            <S>             <S> 
Executive TeleCard, SA         Turks & Caicos

Executive TeleCard, Inc.       Colorado        TeleCall Long Distance

World Direct, Ltd.             Delaware

Service 800 SA                 Turks & Caicos

eGlobe, Ltd.                   Delaware

Executive TeleCard S.A.        Switzerland

World Direct Limited           Anguilla

Trans World Telecommunications A/S  Denmark

Fintel Services, Inc.          Colorado

Worldwide 800 Services (H. K.), Ltd. Hong Kong

Service 800 S.A.               Belgium

Service 800, Inc.              Delaware

Service 800 S.A.               Switzerland
</TABLE>



CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
Denver, Colorado

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this
Registration Statement of our report dated June 19, 1998 relating
to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of
Executive TeleCard, Ltd. appearing in the Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31,    1998.





                                   /S/

                                   BDO Seidman, LLP


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          MAR-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1998
<CASH>                                         2391206
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  9192050
<ALLOWANCES>                                   1472197
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                              10487663
<PP&E>                                        23614188
<DEPRECIATION>                                11702878
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                22900456
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          8044115
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         17346
<OTHER-SE>                                     7103414
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  22900456
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              33122767
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                 18866292
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                              19956899
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             1651236
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             (11649910)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   1640000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                         (13289910)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                (13289910)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.78)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.78)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission